Document:

Exhibit 4.1

 

 

 

SENIOR NOTES INDENTURE

 

Dated as of May 2, 2013

 

among,

 

RENT-A-CENTER, INC.,

 

THE GUARANTORS NAMED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO

 

and

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,

as Trustee

 

4.75% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2021

 

 

 

 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

 

	
Trust Indenture Act Section
    	
 
    	
Indenture Section
    
	
310(a)(1)
    	
 
    	
7.10
    
	
(a)(2)
    	
 
    	
7.10
    
	
(a)(3)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
(a)(4)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
(a)(5)
    	
 
    	
7.10
    
	
(b)
    	
 
    	
7.10
    
	
311(a)
    	
 
    	
7.11
    
	
(b)
    	
 
    	
7.11
    
	
312(a)
    	
 
    	
2.05
    
	
(b)
    	
 
    	
12.03
    
	
(c)
    	
 
    	
12.03
    
	
313(a)
    	
 
    	
7.06
    
	
(b)(1)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
(b)(2)
    	
 
    	
7.06;7.07
    
	
(c)
    	
 
    	
7.06;12.02
    
	
(d)
    	
 
    	
7.06
    
	
314(a)
    	
 
    	
4.03;12.02;   12.05
    
	
(b)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
(c)(1)
    	
 
    	
12.04
    
	
(c)(2)
    	
 
    	
12.04
    
	
(c)(3)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
(d)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
(e)
    	
 
    	
12.05
    
	
(f)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
315(a)
    	
 
    	
7.01;   7.07
    
	
(b)
    	
 
    	
7.05;   12.02
    
	
(c)
    	
 
    	
7.01
    
	
(d)
    	
 
    	
7.01
    
	
(e)
    	
 
    	
6.14
    
	
316(a)(last   sentence)
    	
 
    	
2.09
    
	
(a)(1)(A)
    	
 
    	
6.05
    
	
(a)(1)(B)
    	
 
    	
6.04
    
	
(a)(2)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
(b)
    	
 
    	
6.07
    
	
(c)
    	
 
    	
2.12;   9.04
    
	
317(a)(1)
    	
 
    	
6.08
    
	
(a)(2)
    	
 
    	
6.12
    
	
(b)
    	
 
    	
2.04
    
	
318(a)
    	
 
    	
12.01
    
	
(b)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
(c)
    	
 
    	
12.01
    

 

N.A. means not applicable.

*  This Cross-Reference Table is not part of this Indenture.

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
Page
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 1
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
DEFINITIONS AND   INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 1.01
    	
Definitions
    	
6
    
	
Section 1.02
    	
Other Definitions
    	
36
    
	
Section 1.03
    	
Rules of Construction
    	
37
    
	
Section 1.04
    	
Incorporation by   Reference of Trust Indenture Act
    	
38
    
	
Section 1.05
    	
Acts of Holders
    	
39
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 2
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
THE NOTES
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 2.01
    	
Form and Dating; Terms
    	
41
    
	
Section 2.02
    	
Execution and   Authentication
    	
41
    
	
Section 2.03
    	
Registrar and Paying   Agent
    	
42
    
	
Section 2.04
    	
Paying Agent to Hold   Money in Trust
    	
42
    
	
Section 2.05
    	
Holder Lists
    	
42
    
	
Section 2.06
    	
Transfer and Exchange
    	
43
    
	
Section 2.07
    	
Replacement Notes
    	
44
    
	
Section 2.08
    	
Outstanding Notes
    	
44
    
	
Section 2.09
    	
Treasury Notes
    	
44
    
	
Section 2.10
    	
Temporary Notes
    	
45
    
	
Section 2.11
    	
Cancellation
    	
45
    
	
Section 2.12
    	
Defaulted Interest
    	
45
    
	
Section 2.13
    	
CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
    	
46
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 3
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
REDEMPTION
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 3.01
    	
Notices to Trustee
    	
46
    
	
Section 3.02
    	
Selection of Notes to   Be Redeemed or Purchased
    	
46
    
	
Section 3.03
    	
Notice of Redemption
    	
47
    
	
Section 3.04
    	
Effect of Notice of   Redemption
    	
48
    
	
Section 3.05
    	
Deposit of Redemption   or Purchase Price
    	
48
    
	
Section 3.06
    	
Notes Redeemed or   Purchased in Part
    	
48
    
	
Section 3.07
    	
Optional Redemption
    	
48
    
	
Section 3.08
    	
Mandatory Redemption
    	
50
    
	
Section 3.09
    	
Offers to Repurchase by   Application of Excess Proceeds
    	
50
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 4
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
COVENANTS
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 4.01
    	
Payment of Notes
    	
52
    

 

2

 

	
Section 4.02
    	
Maintenance of Office   or Agency
    	
52
    
	
Section 4.03
    	
Reports and Other   Information
    	
53
    
	
Section 4.04
    	
Compliance Certificate
    	
54
    
	
Section 4.05
    	
Taxes
    	
54
    
	
Section 4.06
    	
Stay, Extension and   Usury Laws
    	
54
    
	
Section 4.07
    	
Limitation on   Restricted Payments
    	
55
    
	
Section 4.08
    	
Limitation on   Restrictions on Distribution From Restricted Subsidiaries
    	
59
    
	
Section 4.09
    	
Limitation on Indebtedness
    	
61
    
	
Section 4.10
    	
Asset Sales
    	
66
    
	
Section 4.11
    	
Transactions with   Affiliates
    	
68
    
	
Section 4.12
    	
Limitation on Liens
    	
69
    
	
Section 4.13
    	
Corporate Existence
    	
70
    
	
Section 4.14
    	
Offer to Repurchase   Upon Change of Control
    	
70
    
	
Section 4.15
    	
Additional Subsidiary   Guarantees
    	
72
    
	
Section 4.16
    	
Payment for Consent
    	
72
    
	
Section 4.17
    	
Changes in Covenants   Upon Notes Being Rated Investment Grade
    	
72
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 5
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
SUCCESSORS
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 5.01
    	
Merger, Consolidation   or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets
    	
73
    
	
Section 5.02
    	
Successor Entity   Substituted
    	
75
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 6
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
DEFAULTS AND   REMEDIES
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 6.01
    	
Events of Default
    	
76
    
	
Section 6.02
    	
Acceleration
    	
78
    
	
Section 6.03
    	
Other Remedies
    	
79
    
	
Section 6.04
    	
Waiver of Past Defaults
    	
79
    
	
Section 6.05
    	
Control by Majority
    	
79
    
	
Section 6.06
    	
Limitation on Suits
    	
79
    
	
Section 6.07
    	
Rights of Holders to   Receive Payment
    	
80
    
	
Section 6.08
    	
Collection Suit by   Trustee
    	
80
    
	
Section 6.09
    	
Restoration of Rights   and Remedies
    	
80
    
	
Section 6.10
    	
Rights and Remedies   Cumulative
    	
80
    
	
Section 6.11
    	
Delay or Omission Not   Waiver
    	
80
    
	
Section 6.12
    	
Trustee May File Proofs   of Claim
    	
81
    
	
Section 6.13
    	
Priorities
    	
81
    
	
Section 6.14
    	
Undertaking for Costs
    	
82
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 7
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
TRUSTEE
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 7.01
    	
Duties of Trustee
    	
82
    
	
Section 7.02
    	
Rights of Trustee
    	
83
    
	
Section 7.03
    	
Individual Rights of   Trustee
    	
84
    
	
Section 7.04
    	
Trustee’s Disclaimer
    	
84
    

 

3

 

	
Section 7.05
    	
Notice of Defaults
    	
84
    
	
Section 7.06
    	
Reports by Trustee to   Holders of the Notes
    	
85
    
	
Section 7.07
    	
Compensation and Indemnity
    	
85
    
	
Section 7.08
    	
Replacement of Trustee
    	
86
    
	
Section 7.09
    	
Successor Trustee by   Merger, etc.
    	
87
    
	
Section 7.10
    	
Eligibility;   Disqualification
    	
87
    
	
Section 7.11
    	
Preferential Collection   of Claims Against the Issuer
    	
87
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 8
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
LEGAL DEFEASANCE   AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 8.01
    	
Option to Effect Legal   Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
    	
87
    
	
Section 8.02
    	
Legal Defeasance and   Discharge
    	
87
    
	
Section 8.03
    	
Covenant Defeasance
    	
88
    
	
Section 8.04
    	
Conditions to Legal or   Covenant Defeasance
    	
88
    
	
Section 8.05
    	
Deposited Money and   Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
    	
90
    
	
Section 8.06
    	
Repayment to the Issuer
    	
90
    
	
Section 8.07
    	
Reinstatement
    	
90
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 9
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
AMENDMENT,   SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 9.01
    	
Without Consent of   Holders
    	
91
    
	
Section 9.02
    	
With Consent of Holders
    	
92
    
	
Section 9.03
    	
Compliance with Trust   Indenture Act
    	
93
    
	
Section 9.04
    	
Revocation and Effect   of Consents
    	
93
    
	
Section 9.05
    	
Notation on or Exchange   of Notes
    	
94
    
	
Section 9.06
    	
Trustee to Sign   Amendments, etc.
    	
94
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 10
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
GUARANTEES
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 10.01
    	
Guarantee
    	
94
    
	
Section 10.02
    	
Limitation on Guarantor   Liability
    	
95
    
	
Section 10.03
    	
Execution and Delivery
    	
96
    
	
Section 10.04
    	
Subrogation
    	
96
    
	
Section 10.05
    	
Benefits Acknowledged
    	
96
    
	
Section 10.06
    	
Release of Note   Guarantees
    	
97
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 11
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
SATISFACTION AND   DISCHARGE
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 11.01
    	
Satisfaction and   Discharge
    	
98
    
	
Section 11.02
    	
Application of Trust   Money
    	
99
    

 

4

 

	
ARTICLE 12
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
MISCELLANEOUS
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 12.01
    	
Trust Indenture Act   Controls
    	
99
    
	
Section 12.02
    	
Notices
    	
99
    
	
Section 12.03
    	
Communication by   Holders with Other Holders
    	
101
    
	
Section 12.04
    	
Certificate and Opinion   as to Conditions Precedent
    	
101
    
	
Section 12.05
    	
Statements Required in   Certificate or Opinion
    	
101
    
	
Section 12.06
    	
Rules by Trustee and   Agents
    	
102
    
	
Section 12.07
    	
No Personal Liability   of Directors, Officers, Employees, Members, Partners and Stockholders
    	
102
    
	
Section 12.08
    	
Governing Law
    	
102
    
	
Section 12.09
    	
Waiver of Jury Trial
    	
102
    
	
Section 12.10
    	
Force Majeure
    	
102
    
	
Section 12.11
    	
No Adverse   Interpretation of Other Agreements
    	
102
    
	
Section 12.12
    	
Successors
    	
103
    
	
Section 12.13
    	
Severability
    	
103
    
	
Section 12.14
    	
Counterpart Originals
    	
103
    
	
Section 12.15
    	
Table of Contents,   Headings, etc.
    	
103
    
	
Section 12.16
    	
U.S.A. PATRIOT Act
    	
103
    
	
Section 12.17
    	
Payments Due on   Non-Business Days
    	
103
    
	
Section 12.18
    	
Qualification of   Indenture
    	
103
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Appendix A
    	
Provisions   Relating to Initial Notes, Additional Notes and Exchange Notes
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Exhibit A
    	
Form of Note
    	
 
    
	
Exhibit B
    	
Form of   Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors
    	
 
    

 

5

 

INDENTURE, dated as of May 2, 2013, among Rent-A-Center, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), the Guarantors listed on the signature pages hereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee.

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the creation and issuance of $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.75% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Initial Notes”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer and each of the Guarantors have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

Section 1.01                                Definitions.

 

“Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, (1) Indebtedness of any other Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such other Person is merged with or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person or (2) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such other Person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such other Person being merged with or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary  of such specified Person or such acquisition, and Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person, but excluding Indebtedness extinguished, retired or repaid in connection with such Person merging with or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person.

 

Acquired Indebtedness will be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (1) of the preceding sentence, on the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and, with respect to clause (2) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets.

 

“Additional Assets” means:

 

(1)           any property, plant, equipment or other asset (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding working capital or current assets but including the purchase of merchandise (inventory) held for rent or sale, idle inventory, rental agreements associated with any such merchandise, and store or kiosk locations (including leases with respect thereto)), and improvements and additions thereto, and other capital expenditures with respect thereto, to be used by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Similar Business;

 

(2)           the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(3)           Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

provided, however, that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3), such Restricted Subsidiary is primarily engaged in a Similar Business.

 

6

 

“Additional Interest” means the additional interest payable as a consequence of the failure to effectuate, within the prescribed time periods, the exchange offer and/or shelf registration procedures set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

“Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes and Exchange Notes for such Initial Notes) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.01 and 4.09.

 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) when used with respect to any Person means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing; provided that exclusively for purposes of Section 4.10 and Section 4.11, beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person will be deemed to be control.

 

“Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent.

 

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Note on any date of redemption, the greater of:

 

(1)           1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and

 

(2)           the excess, if any, of (a) the present value as of such date of redemption of (i) the redemption price of such Note on May 1, 2016 (such redemption price being set forth in Section 3.07) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through May 1, 2016 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the date of redemption), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such date of redemption plus 50 basis points, over (b) the then-outstanding principal of such Note.

 

“Asset Disposition” means any sale, lease (other than an operating lease entered into in the ordinary course of business), transfer, issuance or other disposition, or a series of related sales, leases (other than an operating lease entered into in the ordinary course of business), transfers, issuances or dispositions that are part of  a common plan, of (1) shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than shares required by applicable law to be owned by another Person, including directors’ qualifying shares), (2) property or (3) other assets (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “disposition”) by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. For the avoidance of doubt, “Asset Disposition” does not mean the issuance or sale by the Issuer of Capital Stock, debt security or any other security of the Issuer.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items will not be deemed to be Asset Dispositions:

 

(1)           a disposition of shares of Capital Stock, property or other assets by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(2)           a disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business;

 

(3)           a disposition of property and assets in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, (i) the sale or rent of merchandise to customers, (ii) the sale or other 

 

7

 

disposition of merchandise to franchisees for sale or rent to customers of franchisees and (iii) the sale or discount, with or without recourse, and on commercially reasonable terms, of delinquent accounts receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable;

 

(4)           a disposition of obsolete or worn out equipment or equipment that is no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and that is disposed of in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

(5)           the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture;

 

(6)           an issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or to another Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(7)           for purposes of Section 4.10 only, the making of a Permitted Investment (other than a Permitted Investment to the extent such transaction results in the receipt of cash or Cash Equivalents by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries) or a disposition subject to Section 4.07;

 

(8)           dispositions of assets in a single transaction or a series of related transactions in which the aggregate fair market value of the assets disposed does not exceed $1.0 million for each such transaction or series of related transactions;

 

(9)           the creation of a Lien that is not prohibited by this Indenture and dispositions in connection with such Liens;

 

(10)         dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;

 

(11)         the issuance by a Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Stock that is permitted by Section 4.09;

 

(12)         (a) the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles and (b) licenses, leases or subleases of other property in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(13)         foreclosure or other realization pursuant to Lien rights on assets;

 

(14)         any sale of Capital Stock in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(15)         dispositions by the Insurance Subsidiary of Capital Stock of the Issuer; provided that the proceeds from such dispositions are excluded from Section 4.07(a)(4)(C)(ii);

 

(16)         dispositions by the Insurance Subsidiary of Indebtedness described in Section 4.09(b)(13) to the Issuer or any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary;

 

(17)         dispositions by the Insurance Subsidiary effected solely for the purpose of liquidating assets in order to permit the Insurance Subsidiary to pay expenses and to make 

 

8

 

payments on insurance claims of the Issuer and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with the proceeds of such dispositions;

 

(18)         to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business; and

 

(19)         the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange, between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person, of Additional Assets (an “Asset Swap”) provided that any cash received in connection with such transaction must be applied in accordance Section 4.10, and provided, further:

 

(a)           in the event such Asset Swap involves an aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million but less than or equal to $75.0 million, as determined by the a majority of the Board of Directors in good faith, the terms of such Asset Swap will have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer; and

 

(b)           in the event such Asset Swap involves an aggregate consideration in excess of $75.0 million, as determined by the a majority of the Board of Directors in good faith, the Issuer will have received a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor that such Asset Swap is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from a financial point of view.

 

“Attributable Indebtedness” in respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the interest rate implicit in the transaction) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments (other than amounts required to be paid on account of property taxes, maintenance, repairs, insurance, assessments, utilities, operating and labor costs and other items that do not constitute payments for property rights) during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended), determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that if such Sale/Leaseback Transaction results in a Capitalized Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of “Capitalized Lease Obligations.”

 

“Average Life” means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the numbers of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment by (2) the sum of all such payments.

 

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code, as amended, or any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

 

“beneficial ownership” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, and “beneficial owner” has a corresponding meaning.

 

“Board of Directors” means:

 

(1)           with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or (other than for purposes of determining Change of Control) the executive committee of the board of directors;

 

(2)           with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; and

 

9

 

 

(3)           with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

 

“Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close.

 

“Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, equity appreciation rights, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Common Stock or Preferred Stock and limited liability company or partnership interests (whether member or general or limited), but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.

 

“Capitalized Lease Obligations” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof is to be made as determined in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty.

 

“Cash Equivalents” means:

 

(1)           U.S. dollars, or in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

 

(2)           securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the United States Government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof), having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition;

 

(3)           marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition and, at the time of acquisition, having a credit rating of “A” or better from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized Rating Agency, if both of the two named Rating Agencies cease publishing ratings of investments;

 

(4)           certificates of deposit, time deposits, Eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any commercial bank the long-term debt of which is rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, or “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized Rating Agency, if both of the two named Rating Agencies cease publishing ratings of investments, and having combined capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million;

 

(5)           repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2), (3) and (4) entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

 

(6)           commercial paper rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A 2” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or “P 2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized 

 

10

 

Rating Agency, if both of the two named Rating Agencies cease publishing ratings of investments, and in any case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition thereof; and

 

(7)           interests in any investment company or money market fund which invests 95% or more of its assets in instruments of the type specified in clauses (1) through (6) above.

 

“Change of Control” means:

 

(1)           any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that such person or group will be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all shares that any such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent entities (or their successor by merger, consolidation or purchase of all or substantially all of their assets);

 

(2)           the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer are not Continuing Directors;

 

(3)           the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act);

 

(4)           the adoption by the stockholders of the Issuer of a plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Issuer; or

 

(5)           the Issuer shall cease to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Voting Stock of RAC East.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change of Control will not be deemed to occur upon the consummation of any actions undertaken by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries solely for the purpose of effecting a reorganization of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that none of the events described in clauses (1) through and including (4) of this definition has occurred.

 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

“Common Stock” means with respect to any Capital Stock of any Person, any and all shares, interest or other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or nonvoting) of such Person’s common stock whether or not outstanding on the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock.

 

“Consolidated Coverage Ratio” means as of any date of determination, with respect to any Person, the ratio of (x) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which financial statements prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (subject to year-end audit adjustments and footnotes, as applicable) are available to (y) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters, provided, however, that:

 

(1)           if the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary:

 

11

 

(a)           has Incurred any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is or includes an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period (except that in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving Debt Facility outstanding on the date of such calculation will be deemed to be (i)  the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such four fiscal quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding or (ii) if such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of such calculation) and the discharge of any other Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period; or

 

(b)           has repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged any Indebtedness since the beginning of the period that is no longer outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio includes a discharge of Indebtedness (in each case, other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving Debt Facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and the related commitment terminated and not replaced), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such discharge of such Indebtedness, including with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness, as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period;

 

(2)           if since the beginning of such period the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary will have made any Asset Disposition or disposed of or discontinued (as defined under GAAP) any company, division, operating unit, segment, business, group of related assets or line of business or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio includes such a transaction:

 

(a)           the Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to such disposition or discontinuation for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such period; and

 

(b)           Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged (to the extent the related commitment is permanently reduced) with respect to the Issuer and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such transaction for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period directly attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Issuer and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such sale);

 

(3)           if since the beginning of such period the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) will have made an Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into the Issuer or a Restricted

 

12

 

Subsidiary) or an acquisition of assets, including any acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, which constitutes all or substantially all of a company, division, operating unit, segment, business, group of related assets or line of business, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period; and

 

(4)           if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) will have Incurred any Indebtedness or discharged any Indebtedness or made any disposition or any Investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clauses (1), (2) or (3) above if made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction occurred on the first day of such period.

 

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any calculation under this definition, the pro forma calculations will be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer (including pro forma expense and cost reductions calculated on a basis consistent with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months).  If any Indebtedness that is being given pro forma effect bears an interest rate at the option of the Issuer, the interest rate will be calculated by applying such optional rate chosen by the Issuer.

 

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period:

 

(1)           increased (without duplication) by the following items to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

 

(a)           Consolidated Interest Expense; plus

 

(b)           Consolidated Income Taxes; plus

 

(c)           consolidated depreciation expense (excluding depreciation of rental merchandise); plus

 

(d)           consolidated amortization expense or impairment charges recorded in connection with the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other or Topic 360, Property, Plant and Equipment; plus

 

(e)           other non-cash charges reducing Consolidated Net Income, including any write-offs or write-downs (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was capitalized at the time of payment) and non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights to officers, directors or employees;

 

13

 

(2)           decreased (without duplication) by

 

(a)           non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period (excluding any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or reserve for, anticipated cash charges that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period);

 

(b)           any extraordinary or unusual or non-recurring income or gain (but not loss) (including gains, but not losses, realized upon the sale of or other disposition of an asset of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries that is disposed of other than in the ordinary course of business); and

 

(c)           if Consolidated Income Taxes are a benefit, the amount of such benefit;

 

(3)           increased or decreased (without duplication) to eliminate the following items reflected in Consolidated Net Income:

 

(a)           any unrealized net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging;

 

(b)           any unrealized gains and losses relating to financial instruments to which fair value accounting is applied;

 

(c)           any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses pursuant to Accounting Standards Codification Topic 830, Foreign Currency Matters, related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness; and

 

(d)           effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in any line item in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to any completed acquisition.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, clauses (1)(b) through (e) relating to amounts of a Restricted Subsidiary of a Person will be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated EBITDA of such Person only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the net income (loss) of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and, to the extent the amounts set forth in clauses (1)(b) through (e) are in excess of those necessary to offset a net loss of such Restricted Subsidiary or if such Restricted Subsidiary has net income for such period included in Consolidated Net Income, only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Issuer by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders.

 

“Consolidated Income Taxes” means, with respect to any Person for any period, taxes imposed upon such Person or other payments required to be made by such Person by any governmental authority which taxes or other payments are imposed, measured or calculated by reference to the income or profits or capital of such Person or such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent such income or profits were included in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period), including, 

 

14

 

without limitation, state, franchise, capital and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes regardless of whether such taxes or payments are required to be remitted to any governmental authority.

 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, the total interest expense of the Issuer and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, whether paid or accrued, plus, to the extent not included in such interest expense:

 

(1)           interest expense attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations and the interest portion of rent expense associated with Attributable Indebtedness in respect of the relevant lease giving rise thereto, determined as if such lease were a capitalized lease in accordance with GAAP and the interest component of any deferred payment obligations;

 

(2)           amortization of debt discount (including the amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par) and debt issuance cost; provided, however, that any amortization of bond premium will be credited to reduce Consolidated Interest Expense unless, pursuant to GAAP, such amortization of bond premium has otherwise reduced Consolidated Interest Expense;

 

(3)           non-cash interest expense, but any non-cash interest income or expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP will be excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense;

 

(4)           commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing;

 

(5)           the interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries but only to the extent actually paid by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary under any Guarantee of Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person;

 

(6)           costs associated with entering into Hedging Obligations (including amortization of fees) related to Indebtedness;

 

(7)           interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period;

 

(8)           the product of (a) all dividends paid or payable, in cash, Cash Equivalents or Indebtedness or accrued during such period on any series of Disqualified Stock of such Person or on Preferred Stock of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries payable to a party other than the Issuer or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state, provincial and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP; and

 

(9)           the cash contributions to any employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such contributions are used by such plan or trust to pay interest or fees to any Person (other than the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in connection with Indebtedness Incurred by such plan or trust.

 

15

 

For the purpose of calculating the Consolidated Coverage Ratio, the calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense will include all interest expense (including any amounts described in clauses (1) through (9) above) relating to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary described in the final paragraph of the definition of “Indebtedness.”

 

For purposes of the foregoing, total interest expense will be determined (1) after giving effect to any net payments made or received by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries with respect to Interest Rate Agreements and (2) exclusive of amounts classified as other comprehensive income in the balance sheet of the Issuer.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, fees, interest and other charges (including by means of granting discounts) paid by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any transaction pursuant to which the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer or grant a security interest in any accounts receivable or related assets will be (without duplication) included in Consolidated Interest Expense.

 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Issuer and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that there will not be included in such Consolidated Net Income on an after-tax basis:

 

(1)           any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, except that:

 

(a)           subject to the limitations contained in clauses (3) through (7) below, the Issuer’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (2) below); and

 

(b)           the Issuer’s equity in a net loss of any such Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) for such period will be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income to the extent such loss has been funded with cash from the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(2)           solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a)(4)(C)(i), any net income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) if such Restricted Subsidiary is subject to prior government approval or other restrictions due to the operation of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order statute, rule or government regulation (which have not been waived), directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Issuer, except that:

 

(a)           subject to the limitations contained in clauses (3) through (7) below, the Issuer’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend (subject, in the case of a dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause); and

 

(b)           the Issuer’s equity in a net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income;

 

16

 

(3)           any gain or loss (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) realized upon sales or other dispositions of any assets of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(4)           any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments;

 

(5)           any extraordinary gain or loss;

 

(6)           any net income (loss) included in the consolidated statement of operations due to the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 810, Consolidation; and

 

(7)           the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;

 

“Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Issuer who: (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the Issue Date; or (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.

 

“Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” will be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Issuer.

 

“Currency Agreement” means in respect of a Person any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, futures contract, option contract or other similar agreement as to which such Person is a party or a beneficiary.

 

“Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

 

“Debt Facility” or “Debt Facilities” means, with respect to the Issuer or any Guarantor, one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Senior Credit Facility) or commercial paper facility with banks or other institutional investors or lenders or dealers providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit or issuances of debt securities evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or similar instruments, in each case, as amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities) in whole or in part from time to time (and whether or not with the original trustee, holders, purchasers, administrative agent and lenders or another administrative agent or agents or other lenders and whether provided under the original Senior Credit Facility or any other credit or other agreement or indenture).

 

“Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

“Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Disposition that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the Fair Market Value of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration and the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or payment of, on, or with respect to, such Designated Non-Cash Consideration.

 

17

 

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Initial Note or Additional Note or Exchange Note (bearing the Restricted Notes Legend if the transfer of such Note is restricted by applicable law) that does not include the Global Notes Legend.

 

“Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

 

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event:

 

(1)           matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise;

 

(2)           is convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (excluding Capital Stock which is convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that upon such conversion or exchange it will be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock)); or

 

(3)           is redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part,

 

in each case on or prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the Stated Maturity of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided, further, that any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or Asset Disposition (each defined in a substantially identical manner to the corresponding definitions in this Indenture) will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is convertible or exchangeable or for which it is redeemable) provide that the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, are not required to repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is convertible or exchangeable or for which it is redeemable) pursuant to such provision prior to compliance by the Issuer with Section 4.10 and Section 4.14 and such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07.

 

“DTC” means the Depository Trust Company.

 

“Equity Offering” means an offering for cash by the Issuer of its Common Stock, or options, warrants or rights with respect to its Common Stock, other than (1) offerings with respect to the Issuer’s Common Stock, or options, warrants or rights, registered on Form S-4 or S-8, (2) an issuance to any Subsidiary or (3) any offering of Common Stock issued in connection with a transaction that constitutes a Change of Control.

 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

“Exchange Notes” means Notes issued in a registered exchange offer pursuant to a corresponding Registration Rights Agreement.

 

18

 

“Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

“Existing Notes” means the $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020 (including any exchange notes issued under the registration rights agreement governing the Existing Notes), issued pursuant to the Existing Notes Indenture.

 

“Existing Notes Indenture” means the indenture dated as of the Exiting Notes Issue Date by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, governing the Existing Notes.

 

“Existing Notes Issue Date” means November 2, 2010.

 

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability as determined by a responsible financial officer of the Issuer in good faith; provided that if the fair market value exceeds $25.0 million, such determination will be made by Senior Management of the Issuer, and provided, further, if the fair market value exceeds $75.0 million, such determination will be made by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or an authorized committee thereof in good faith (including as to the value of all non-cash assets and liabilities).

 

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Restricted Subsidiary.

 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect as of the Existing Notes Issue Date, including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture will be computed in conformity with GAAP, except that in the event the Issuer is acquired in a transaction that is accounted for using purchase accounting, the effects of the application of purchase accounting will be disregarded in the calculation of such ratios and other computations contained in this Indenture.

 

“Government Securities” means securities that are (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally Guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and will also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Securities evidenced by such depositary receipt.

 

“Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

 

19

 

 

(1)           to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

 

(2)           entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

 

The term “Guarantee” used as verb has a corresponding meaning.

 

“Guarantor” means each Restricted Subsidiary in existence on the Issue Date that provides a Note Guarantee on the Issue Date (and any other Restricted Subsidiary that provides a Note Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture); provided that upon release or discharge of such Restricted Subsidiary from its Note Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be a Guarantor.

 

“Guarantor Subordinated Obligation” means, with respect to a Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is expressly subordinated or junior in right of payment to the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee pursuant to a written agreement.

 

“Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement or Currency Agreement.

 

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

 

“Incur” means issue, create, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):

 

(1)           the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

 

(2)           the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

 

(3)           the principal component of all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto, but excluding undrawn letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances and other similar instruments that support trade payables and self-insurance obligations, and contingent obligations in respect to such excluded letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances and similar instruments, and if drawn upon, only to the extent such principal component of the related reimbursement obligation relating to trade payables and self-insurance obligations is not paid within 30 days following such draw);

 

20

 

(4)           the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (including earn out obligations), which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto, except (a) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (b) any earn-out or other similar adjustment to purchase price obligation until the amount of such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

(5)           Capitalized Lease Obligations and all Attributable Indebtedness of such Person (whether or not such items would appear on the balance sheet of the guarantor or obligor);

 

(6)           the principal component or liquidation preference of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);

 

(7)           the principal component of indebtedness or obligations of other Persons which are of a type referred to in clauses (1) through (6) above and (9) below and are secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such indebtedness and obligations are assumed by such Person; provided, however, that the amount of such indebtedness or obligations will be the lesser of (a) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (b) the amount of such indebtedness or obligation of such other Persons;

 

(8)           the principal component of indebtedness or obligations of other Persons which are of a type referred in clauses (1) through (6) above and (9) below, to the extent Guaranteed by such Person (whether or not such items would appear on the balance sheet of the guarantor or obligor); and

 

(9)           to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net Hedging Obligations of such Person (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time).

 

The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date will be (without duplication) the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations at such date; provided that contingent obligations arising in the ordinary course of business and not with respect to borrowed money of such Person or other Persons will not be deemed to constitute Indebtedness.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, money borrowed and set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness in order to pre-fund the payment of interest on such Indebtedness will not be deemed to be “Indebtedness,” provided that such money is held to secure the payment of such interest.

 

In addition, “Indebtedness” of any Person will include Indebtedness as defined in the preceding paragraph that would not appear as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person if:

 

(1)           such Indebtedness is the obligation of a partnership or joint venture that is not a Restricted Subsidiary (a “Joint Venture”);

 

(2)           such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner of the Joint Venture (a “General Partner”); and

 

21

 

(3)           there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, with respect to the payment of such Indebtedness to property or assets of such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; and then such Indebtedness will be included in an amount not to exceed:

 

(a)           the lesser of (i) the net assets of the General Partner and (ii) the amount of such obligations to the extent that there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, to the property or assets of such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; or

 

(b)           if less than the amount determined pursuant to clause (a) immediately above, the actual amount of such Indebtedness that is recourse to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, if the Indebtedness is evidenced by a writing and is for a determinable amount.

 

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

 

“Initial Notes” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

 

“Initial Purchasers” means J.P. Morgan Securities, LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, BB&T Capital Markets, a division of BB&T Securities, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

 

“Insurance Subsidiary” means Legacy Insurance Co., Ltd., a Bermuda company and a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer formed for the sole purpose of writing insurance only for the risks of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, and its successors and permitted assigns.

 

“interest” with respect to the Notes means interest with respect thereto and (without duplication) “Additional Interest”, if any.

 

“Interest Payment Date” means May 1 and November 1 of each year to Stated Maturity of the Notes, commencing November 1, 2013.

 

“Interest Rate Agreement” means, with respect to any Person any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement as to which such Person is party or a beneficiary.

 

“Investment” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of any direct or indirect advance, loan (other than advances or extensions of credit to customers and commissions, moving, travel and similar advances to officers, employees, directors and consultants, in each case made in the ordinary course of business) or other extensions of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement, but excluding any debt or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit (other than a time deposit)) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such Person and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that none of the following will be deemed to be an Investment:

 

22

 

(1)           Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business and in compliance with this Indenture;

 

(2)           endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(3)           an acquisition of assets, Capital Stock or other securities by the Issuer or a Subsidiary for consideration to the extent such consideration consists of (a) Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or (b) proceeds of a substantially concurrent issuance or sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer.

 

For purposes of Section 4.07:

 

(1)           “Investment” will include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in a Restricted Subsidiary that is to be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer will be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (a) the Issuer’s aggregate “Investment” in such Subsidiary as of the time of such redesignation less (b) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is so re-designated a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(2)           any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer; and

 

(3)           if the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Voting Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such entity is no longer a Subsidiary of the Issuer, the Issuer will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of.

 

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or BBB- (or the equivalent) by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, or any equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency, in each case, with a stable or better outlook.

 

“Issue Date” means May 2, 2013.

 

“Issuer” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture or any successor obligor to its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to Article 5.

 

“Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of:

 

(1)           the sum of the aggregate outstanding Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (subject to year-end audit adjustments and footnotes, as applicable) are available, to

 

23

 

(2)           Consolidated EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which financial statements are available;

 

provided, however, that:

 

(A)          if the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary:

 

(1)           has Incurred any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Leverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Indebtedness at the end of such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period (except that in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving Debt Facility outstanding on the date of such calculation will be deemed to be:

 

(i)            the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such four fiscal quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding or

 

(ii)           if such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of such calculation,

 

and the discharge of any other Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period; or

 

(2)           has repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged any Indebtedness since the beginning of the period that is no longer outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Leverage Ratio includes a discharge of Indebtedness (in each case, other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving Debt Facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and the related commitment terminated), Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Interest Expense and Indebtedness for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such discharge of such Indebtedness, including with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness, as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period;

 

(B)          if since the beginning of such period the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary will have made any Asset Disposition or disposed of or discontinued any company, division, operating unit, segment, business, group of related assets or line of business or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Leverage Ratio includes such an Asset Disposition:

 

(1)           the Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to such disposition or discontinuation for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such period;

 

(2)           Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or

 

24

 

otherwise discharged with respect to the Issuer and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such transaction for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period directly attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Issuer and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such sale); and

 

(3)           Indebtedness at the end of such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged with the Net Available Cash of such Asset Disposition and the assumption of Indebtedness  by the transferee;

 

(C)          if since the beginning of such period the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) will have made an Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) or an acquisition of assets, including any acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, which constitutes all or substantially all of a company, division, operating unit, segment, business or group of related assets or line of business, Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Interest Expense and Indebtedness for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period; and

 

(D)          if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) will have Incurred any Indebtedness or discharged any Indebtedness or made any disposition or any Investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clauses (A), (B) or (C) above if made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Interest Expense and Indebtedness for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction occurred on the first day of such period.

 

The pro forma calculations will be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Issuer (including pro forma expense and cost reductions calculated on a basis consistent with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act).  If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months).

 

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event will an operating lease or a contractual provision that restricts the ability to grant or permit a Lien on property or assets, or a contractual provision similar to Section 4.10 that requires the application of sale proceeds on unsecured properties or assets to specified Indebtedness, to be deemed to constitute a Lien.

 

25

 

“Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities or other assets received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non cash form) therefrom, in each case net of:

 

(1)           all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition;

 

(2)           all payments made on any Indebtedness that is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition;

 

(3)           all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition; and

 

(4)           the deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition.

 

“Net Cash Proceeds” means, with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock or Indebtedness, the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of such issuance or sale (after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements).

 

“Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor.

 

“Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness of a Person:

 

(1)           as to which neither the Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary (a) provides any Guarantee or credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, Guarantee, indemnity, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness, but excluding any pledge of stock of Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is an obligor of the related Indebtedness) or (b) is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor or otherwise);

 

(2)           no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default under such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and

 

26

 

(3)           the explicit terms of which provide there is no recourse against any of the assets of the Issuer (other than the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is an obligor of such Indebtedness)  or its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

“Note Guarantee” means, individually, any Guarantee of payment of the Notes, the Issuer’s Obligations under this Indenture, and Exchange Notes issued in a registered exchange offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement by a Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and any supplemental indenture thereto.

 

“Notes” means the Initial Notes and more particularly means any Note authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.  For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” will also include any Additional Notes that may be issued under a supplemental indenture and Notes to be issued or authenticated upon transfer, replacement or exchange of Notes (including the Exchange Notes).

 

“Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), other monetary obligations, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and Guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

 

“Offer to Purchase” means an Asset Disposition Offer or a Change of Control Offer.

 

“Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum, dated April 29, 2013, relating to the sale of the Initial Notes.

 

“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer, or, in the event that the Issuer is a partnership or a limited liability company that has no such officers, a person duly authorized under applicable law by the general partner, managers, members or a similar body to act on behalf of the Issuer. Officer of any Guarantor has a correlative meaning.

 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers of the Issuer, one of whom is the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer or by an Officer and either an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Issuer.

 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer.

 

“Pari Passu Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that ranks equally in right of payment to the Notes (without giving effect to collateral arrangements) or the Note Guarantees.

 

“Permitted Investment” means an Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in:

 

(1)           a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

27

 

(2)           any Investment by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:

 

(a)           such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(b)           such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary,

 

and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided, that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

 

(3)           cash and Cash Equivalents;

 

(4)           franchise contracts, installment contracts, rental contracts, service plans and all other amounts and receivables owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances;

 

(5)           payroll, travel, commissions and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;

 

(6)           loans or advances to employees, officers or directors of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount not in excess of $1.0 million at any one time outstanding;

 

(7)           any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:

 

(a)           in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable;

 

(b)           as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; or

 

(c)           in settlement of debts, claims and disputes owed to the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries which arose out of transactions in the ordinary course of business;

 

(8)           Investments (a) made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Disposition that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Disposition and (b) Investments in Additional Assets made in connection with an Asset Swap as described in clause (19) of the definition of “Asset Disposition”.

 

28

 

(9)           Investments in existence on the Issue Date and renewals and replacements thereof on terms not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, than the terms of the Investments being renewed or replaced;

 

(10)         Currency Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements and related Hedging Obligations, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 4.09;

 

(11)         Guarantees issued in accordance with Section 4.09 and Guarantees received with respect to any Permitted Investment described in any of the above or below clauses;

 

(12)         Investments made in connection with the funding of contributions under any non-qualified retirement plan or similar employee compensation plan in an amount not to exceed the amount of compensation expense recognized by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such plans;

 

(13)         short-term loans extended by the Issuer or any Guarantor in the ordinary course of its financial services business; and

 

(14)         to the extent not otherwise permitted in any other clause of this definition, other Investments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, together with all other Investments pursuant to this clause (14) in an aggregate principal amount at the time of such Investment not to exceed $35.0 million.

 

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(1)           Liens securing Indebtedness and related obligations under the Debt Facilities permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(1);

 

(2)           pledges or deposits by such Person under workers’ compensation laws, unemployment and other insurance laws (including pledges or deposits securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements) and old age pensions and other social security or retirement benefits or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or United States government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(3)           Liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics’, materialmen, repairmen, and other similar Liens, Incurred in the ordinary course of business or that are imposed by, or arise by operation of, law;

 

(4)           Liens for material taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet subject to penalties for non-payment or that are being contested in good faith and, if necessary, by appropriate proceedings provided appropriate reserves required pursuant to GAAP have been made in respect thereof;

 

(5)           Liens to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances or similar obligations issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business; provided, however, that such letters of credit do not constitute Indebtedness;

 

29

 

 

(6)           encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

 

(7)           Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under this Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligation;

 

(8)           leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including, without limitation, real property and intellectual property rights) that do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

 

(9)           judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

 

(10)         Liens for the purpose of securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage financings, purchase money obligations or other payments Incurred to finance assets or property (other than Capital Stock or other Investments) acquired, constructed, improved or leased in the ordinary course of business; provided that, with respect to Indebtedness described in this clause (10):

 

(a)           the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens is otherwise permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture and does not exceed the cost of the assets or property so acquired, constructed or improved; and

 

(b)           such Liens are created within 180 days of construction, acquisition or improvement of such assets or property and do not encumber any other assets or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than such assets or property and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto;

 

(11)         Liens that constitute banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution, whether arising by operation of law or pursuant to contract; provided that:

 

(a)           such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the Issuer in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board; and

 

(b)           such deposit account is not intended by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depository institution to secure Indebtedness;

 

(12)         Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases, consigned goods or similar arrangements, entered into or authorized 

 

30

 

by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or otherwise made as precautionary filings pursuant to such or similar types of filings;

 

(13)         Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens permitted under clause (1) of this definition), provided that no such Lien will extend to any additional property (other than improvements, accessions, “products” and “proceeds” thereof, or, if provided therein, “after-acquired” property, as each such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code of the respective states that govern the creation of such Liens) and that the amount of Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased;

 

(14)         Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not Incurred  in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; provided further, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(15)         Liens on property at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided however, that such Liens are not Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(16)         Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(17)         Liens securing the Notes and Note Guarantees (and the Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor and the related Note Guarantees) and any obligations owing to the Trustee under this Indenture as provided thereby;

 

(18)         Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance, refund, replace, amend, extend or modify, as a whole or in part, Indebtedness that was previously so secured pursuant to clauses (10), (13), (14), (15), (17), this clause (18) and clause (21) of this definition, provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, after-acquired property provided for therein, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Indebtedness being refinanced or is in respect of property that is the security for a Permitted Lien hereunder;

 

(19)         any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation or operating lease;

 

(20)         Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(21)         to the extent not otherwise permitted in any other clauses of this definition, Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date and any Refinancing Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Obligations and Guarantor Subordinated Obligations) in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed $100.0 million.

 

(22)         Liens on property and assets used to secure Indebtedness, the net proceeds of which are promptly deposited to defease or satisfy and discharge the Notes;

 

31

 

(23)         Liens to secure Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary, which Indebtedness is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(16), and

 

(24)         Liens in favor of the Trustee as provided for in this Indenture in money or other property held or collected by the Trustee in its capacity as trustee under this Indenture.

 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision hereof or any other entity.

 

“Preferred Stock” means, as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) that is preferred as to the payment of dividends upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.

 

“RAC East” means Rent-A-Center East, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

“Rating Agency” means each of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (or successor) and Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (or successor) or if Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (or successor) or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (or successor) or both will not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer (as certified by a resolution of the Board of Directors) which will be substituted for Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (or successor) or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (or successor) or both, as the case may be.

 

“Record Date” for the interest payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means April 15th or October 15th (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such Interest Payment Date.

 

“Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund, refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) (collectively, “refinance,” “refinances” and “refinanced” will each have a correlative meaning) any Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture (including Indebtedness of the Issuer that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of another Restricted Subsidiary) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness, provided, however, that:

 

(1)           (a) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced is earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced or (b) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced is later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity at least 91 days later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes;

 

(2)           the Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

(3)           such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced (plus, without duplication, any additional Indebtedness Incurred to pay interest or premiums required by the instruments governing such existing Indebtedness and fees Incurred in connection therewith);

 

32

 

(4)           if the Indebtedness being refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantee, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantee on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; and

 

(5)           Refinancing Indebtedness will not include Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor.

 

“Registration Rights Agreement” means that certain Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the Issue Date by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers set forth therein and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more substantially similar registration rights agreements among the Issuer and the other parties thereto, as such agreements may be amended from time to time.

 

“Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture, or any other officer to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

 

“Restricted Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

“Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to principal property now owned or hereafter acquired whereby the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person (other than the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person.

 

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

“Senior Credit Facility” means the Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, as amended and restated as of July 14. 2011, among the Issuer, the several lenders parties thereto from time to time the several documentation agents parties thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, as the same has been, or may hereafter be, amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part (whether with any of the original agents or lenders or one or more other agents and lenders and whether pursuant to the same or one or more other governing agreements) from time to time (including increasing the amount loaned thereunder, provided that such additional Indebtedness is Incurred in accordance with the covenant described under Section 4.09.

 

“Senior Management” means any of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or the Controller of the Issuer.

 

“Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

33

 

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Issuer within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.

 

“Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in the agreement governing or certificate relating to such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

 

“Subordinated Obligation” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is expressly subordinated or junior in right of payment to the obligations of the Issuer to the Notes pursuant to a written agreement.

 

“Subsidiary” of any Person means (1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total ordinary voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof (or Persons performing similar functions) or (2) any partnership, joint venture limited liability company or similar entity of which more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, is, in the case of clauses (1) and (2), at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (a) such Person, (b) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or (c) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. Unless otherwise specified herein, each reference to a Subsidiary will refer to a Subsidiary of the Issuer.

 

“Total Assets” means the total assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

“Total Tangible Assets” means Total Assets after deducting accumulated depreciation and amortization, allowances for doubtful accounts, other applicable reserves and other similar items of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and after deducting, to the extent otherwise included therein, the amounts of (without duplication):

 

(1)           the excess of cost over the fair market value of assets or business acquired, as determined by the Issuer in good faith (or if such fair market value exceeds $50.0 million, in writing by its Board of Directors);

 

(2)           any revaluation or other write-up in book value of assets subsequent to the last day of the fiscal quarter of the Issuer immediately preceding the Issue Date as a result of a change in the method of valuation in accordance with GAAP;

 

(3)           unamortized debt discount and expenses and other unamortized deferred charges, goodwill, patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, licenses, organization or developmental expenses and other intangible items;

 

(4)           minority interest in consolidated Subsidiaries held by Persons other than the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

34

 

(5)           treasury stock;

 

(6)           cash or securities set aside and held in a sinking or other analogous fund established for the purpose of redemption or other retirement of Capital Stock; and

 

(7)           Investments in and assets of Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

“Transfer Restricted Notes” means Definitive Notes and any other Notes that bear or are required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend

 

“Treasury Rate” means, as of any date of redemption of Notes pursuant to Section 3.07(a) the yield to maturity at such date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source or similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to May 1, 2016; provided, however, that if the period from such redemption date to May 1, 2016 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate will be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to May 1, 2016 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

 

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-777bbbb).

 

“Trustee” means The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

 

(1)           any Subsidiary of the Issuer which at the time of determination will be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in the manner provided below; and

 

(2)           any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or a Person becoming a Subsidiary through merger or consolidation or Investment therein) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if:

 

(1)           such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries does not own any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of or have any Investment in, or own or hold any Lien on any property of, any other Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(2)           all the Indebtedness of such Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries will, at the date of designation, and will at all times thereafter, consist of Non-Recourse Debt;

 

(3)           such designation and the Investment of the Issuer in such Subsidiary complies with Section 4.07;

 

35

 

(4)           such Subsidiary, either alone or in the aggregate with all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries, does not operate, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the business of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;

 

(5)           such Subsidiary is a Person with respect to which neither the Issuer nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation:

 

(a)           to subscribe for additional Capital Stock of such Person; or

 

(b)           to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

 

(6)           on the date such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary is not a party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with terms substantially less favorable to the Issuer than those that might have been obtained from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Issuer.

 

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Issuer will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the foregoing conditions. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the foregoing requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be Incurred as of such date.

 

The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default will exist and the Issuer could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(a) on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

 

“U.S.” means the United States of America.

 

“Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees, as applicable, of such Person.

 

“Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary, all of the Capital Stock of which (other than shares required by applicable law to be owned by another Person, including directors’ qualifying shares) is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer or one or more other Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries.

 

Section 1.02                             Other Definitions.

 

	
Term
    	
 
    	
Defined in Section
    
	
“Affiliate   Transaction”
    	
 
    	
4.11(a)
    
	
“Agent Members”
    	
 
    	
2.1(c) of   Appendix A
    
	
“Applicable   Procedures”
    	
 
    	
1.1(a) of   Appendix A
    
	
“Asset   Disposition Offer”
    	
 
    	
4.10(b)
    
	
“Asset   Disposition Offer Amount”
    	
 
    	
3.09(b)
    
	
“Asset   Disposition Offer Period”
    	
 
    	
3.09(b)
    
	
“Asset   Disposition Purchase Date”
    	
 
    	
3.09(b)
    
	
“Authentication   Order”
    	
 
    	
2.02(c)
    

 

36

 

	
Term
    	
 
    	
Defined in Section
    
	
“Automatic   Exchange”
    	
 
    	
2.3(j) of   Appendix A
    
	
“Automatic   Exchange Date”
    	
 
    	
2.3(j) of   Appendix A
    
	
“Automatic   Exchange Notice”
    	
 
    	
2.3(j) of   Appendix A
    
	
“Automatic   Exchange Notice Date”
    	
 
    	
2.3(j) of   Appendix A
    
	
“Change of   Control Offer”
    	
 
    	
4.14(a)
    
	
“Change of   Control Payment”
    	
 
    	
4.14(a)
    
	
“Change of   Control Payment Date”
    	
 
    	
4.14(a)
    
	
“Clearstream”
    	
 
    	
1.1(a) of   Appendix A
    
	
“Covenant   Defeasance”
    	
 
    	
8.03
    
	
“Definitive   Notes Legend”
    	
 
    	
2.3(e) of   Appendix A
    
	
“DTC”
    	
 
    	
2.03(b)
    
	
“Event of Default”
    	
 
    	
6.01(a)
    
	
“Excess   Proceeds”
    	
 
    	
4.10(b)
    
	
“Expiration   Date”
    	
 
    	
1.05(j)
    
	
“Global Note”
    	
 
    	
2.1(b) of   Appendix A
    
	
“Global Notes   Legend”
    	
 
    	
2.3(e) of   Appendix A
    
	
“Legal   Defeasance”
    	
 
    	
8.02(a)
    
	
“Note Register”
    	
 
    	
2.03(a)
    
	
“Paying Agent”
    	
 
    	
2.03(a)
    
	
“QIB”
    	
 
    	
1.1(a) of   Appendix A
    
	
“Registrar”
    	
 
    	
2.03(a)
    
	
“Regulation S”
    	
 
    	
1.1(a) of   Appendix A
    
	
“Regulation S   Global Note”
    	
 
    	
2.1(b) of   Appendix A
    
	
“Regulation S   Notes”
    	
 
    	
2.1(a) of   Appendix A
    
	
“Reinstatement   Date”
    	
 
    	
4.17(b)
    
	
“Restricted   Notes Legend”
    	
 
    	
2.3(e) of   Appendix A
    
	
“Restricted Payment”
    	
 
    	
4.07(a)
    
	
“Rule 144”
    	
 
    	
1.1(a) of   Appendix A
    
	
“Rule 144A”
    	
 
    	
1.1(a) of   Appendix A
    
	
“Rule 144A   Global Note”
    	
 
    	
2.1(b) of   Appendix A
    
	
“Rule 144A   Notes”
    	
 
    	
2.1(a) of   Appendix A
    
	
“Rule 904”
    	
 
    	
1.1(a) of   Appendix A
    
	
“Successor   Company”
    	
 
    	
5.01(a)(1)
    
	
“Successor Guarantor”
    	
 
    	
5.01(c)(1)
    
	
“Suspended   Covenants”
    	
 
    	
4.17(a)
    
	
“Suspension   Date”
    	
 
    	
4.17(a)
    
	
“Suspension   Period”
    	
 
    	
4.17(b)
    

 

Section 1.03                             Rules of Construction.

 

Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(1)           a term defined in Section 1.01 or 1.02 has the meaning assigned to it therein, and a term used herein that is defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, will have the meaning assigned to it therein;

 

(2)           an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

(3)           “or” is not exclusive;

 

37

 

(4)           words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular;

 

(5)           provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

 

(6)           unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Appendix,” “Article,” “Section,” “clause,” “Schedule” or “Exhibit” refers to an Appendix, Article, Section, clause, Schedule or Exhibit, as the case may be, of this Indenture;

 

(7)           the words “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision;

 

(8)           “including” means including without limitation;

 

(9)           references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or the Trust Indenture Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;

 

(10)         unless otherwise provided, references to agreements and other instruments will be deemed to include all amendments and other modifications to such agreements or instruments, but only to the extent such amendments and other modifications are not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture; and

 

(11)         in the event that a transaction meets the criteria of more than one category of permitted transactions or listed exceptions, the Issuer may classify such transaction as it, in its sole discretion, determines.

 

Section 1.04                             Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

 

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act as applicable to this Indenture, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

 

The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

 

“indenture securities” means the Notes;

 

“indenture security holder” means a Holder of a Note;

 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and

 

“obligor” on the Notes and the Guarantees means the Issuer and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Guarantees, respectively.

 

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them.

 

38

 

Section 1.05                             Acts of Holders.

 

(a)         Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing.  Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action will become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer and the Guarantors.  Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, will be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee, the Issuer and the Guarantors, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05.

 

(b)         The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved (1) by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof or (2) in any other manner deemed reasonably sufficient by the Trustee.  Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit will also constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same.  The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.

 

(c)         The ownership of Notes will be proved by the Note Register.

 

(d)         Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note will bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee, the Issuer or the Guarantors in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

 

(e)         The Issuer may set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to make, give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, or to vote on any action authorized or permitted to be taken by Holders; provided that the Issuer may not set a record date for, and the provisions of this paragraph will not apply with respect to, the giving or making of any notice, declaration, request or direction referred to in clause (f) below.  Unless otherwise specified, if not set by the Issuer prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any such record date will be the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or vote or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation or vote.  If any record date is set pursuant to this clause (e), the Holders on such record date, and only such Holders, will be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action (including revocation of any action), whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that no such action will be effective hereunder unless made, given or taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes, or each affected Holder, as applicable, on such record date.  Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Issuer, at its own expense, will cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Trustee in writing and to each Holder in the manner set forth in Section 12.02.

 

(f)          The Trustee may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to join in the giving or making of (1) any notice of default under Section 6.01(a), (2) any declaration of acceleration referred to in Section 6.02, (3) any direction referred to in Section 6.05 or (4)

 

39

 

 

any request to pursue a remedy referred to in Section 6.06(2).  If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders on such record date, and no other Holders, will be entitled to join in such notice, declaration, request or direction, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that no such action will be effective hereunder unless made, given or taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes or each affected Holder, as applicable, on such record date.  Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Trustee, at the Issuer’s expense, will cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Issuer and to each Holder in the manner set forth in Section 12.02.

 

(g)         Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount.  Any notice given or action taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this paragraph will have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part.

 

(h)         Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including a Depositary that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and a Depositary, that is the Holder of a Global Note may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such Depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices.

 

(i)          The Issuer may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by a Depositary entitled under the procedures of such Depositary, if any, to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders; provided that if such a record date is fixed, only the beneficial owners of interests in such Global Note on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies will be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such beneficial owners remain beneficial owners of interests in such Global Note after such record date.  No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action will be effective hereunder unless made, given or taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date.

 

(j)          With respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section 1.05, the party hereto that sets such record date may designate any day as the “Expiration Date” and from time to time may change the Expiration Date to any earlier or later day; provided that no such change will be effective unless notice of the proposed new Expiration Date is given to the other party hereto in writing, and to each Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in Section 12.02, on or prior to the existing Expiration Date.  If an Expiration Date is not designated with respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section 1.05, the party hereto which set such record date will be deemed to have initially designated the 90th day after such record date as the Expiration Date with respect thereto, subject to its right to change the Expiration Date as provided in this clause (j).

 

40

 

ARTICLE 2

 

THE NOTES

 

Section 2.01                             Form and Dating; Terms.

 

(a)           Provisions relating to the Initial Notes, Additional Notes, Exchange Notes and any other Notes issued are set forth in Appendix A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture.  The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will each be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture.  The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, rules or agreements with national securities exchanges to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Issuer).  Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication.  The Notes will be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

(b)           The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

 

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.  However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture will govern and be controlling.

 

The Notes will be subject to repurchase by the Issuer pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer as provided in Section 4.10 or a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.14.  The Notes will not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article 3.

 

Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes may be created and issued from time to time by the Issuer without notice to or consent of the Holders and will be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and will have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise (other than issue date, issue price and, if applicable, the first interest payment date and the initial interest accrual date) as the Initial Notes; provided that the Issuer’s ability to issue Additional Notes will be subject to the Issuer’s compliance with Article 4, including Section 4.09; provided, further, that if any such Additional Notes are not fungible with the Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such Additional Notes will be issued as a separate series under this Indenture and will have a separate CUSIP number and ISIN from the Notes.  Any Additional Notes will be issued with the benefit of an indenture supplemental to this Indenture.

 

Section 2.02                            Execution and Authentication.

 

(a)           At least one Officer will execute the Notes on behalf of the Issuer by manual or facsimile or other electronically transmitted signature.  If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.

 

(b)           A Note will not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto by the manual signature of an authorized signatory of the Trustee.  The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

 

41

 

(c)           On the Issue Date, the Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer signed by an Officer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes.  In addition, at any time and from time to time, the Trustee will, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes and Exchange Notes in an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes or Exchange Notes issued hereunder.

 

(d)           The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes.  An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so.  Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.  An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer.

 

Section 2.03                             Registrar and Paying Agent.

 

(a)           The Issuer will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”) and at least one office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”).  The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes (the “Note Register”) and of their transfer and exchange.  The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents.  The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar, and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent.  The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder.  The Issuer will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture.  If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee will act as such.  The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

 

(b)           The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.  The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

 

Section 2.04                             Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

 

The Issuer will, no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each due date for the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, and interest on, any of the Notes, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such amount, such sum to be held in trust for the Holders entitled to the same, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.  The Issuer will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that such Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment.  While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.  The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.  Upon payment over to the Trustee, a Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money.  If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent.  Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

 

Section 2.05                             Holder Lists.

 

The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and will otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a).  If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer will furnish to the Trustee at least two Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the 

 

42

 

names and addresses of the Holders, and the Issuer will otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a).

 

Section 2.06                            Transfer and Exchange.

 

(a)           The Notes will be issued in registered form and will be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer and in compliance with Appendix A.

 

(b)           To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 or at the Registrar’s request.

 

(c)           No service charge will be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange (other than pursuant to Section 2.07), but the Holders will be required to pay any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05).

 

(d)           All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

(e)           Neither the Issuer nor the Registrar will be required (1) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (2) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (3) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

 

(f)            Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, or premium, if any, and (subject to the Record Date provisions of the Notes) interest on, such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer will be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(g)           Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer designated pursuant to Section 4.02, the Issuer will execute, and the Trustee will authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.

 

(h)           At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency.  Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer will execute, and the Trustee will authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02.

 

(i)            All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by mail or by facsimile or electronic transmission.

 

43

 

Section 2.07                             Replacement Notes.

 

If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Issuer or if a Holder claims that its Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the ownership and loss, destruction or theft of such Note, the Issuer will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are otherwise met.  If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be provided by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced.  The Issuer may charge the Holder for the expenses of the Issuer and the Trustee in replacing a Note. If, after the delivery of such replacement Note, a bona fide purchaser of the original Note in lieu of which such replacement Note was issued presents for payment or registration such original Note, the Trustee shall be entitled to recover such replacement Note from the Person to whom it was delivered or any Person taking therefrom, except a bona fide purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Issuer, the Trustee and any Agent in connection therewith. Subject to the preceding sentence, every replacement Note is a contractual obligation of the Issuer and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.07, in case any mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note.

 

Section 2.08                             Outstanding Notes.

 

(a)           The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding.  Except as set forth in Section 2.09, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note; provided that Notes held by the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer will not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(b).

 

(b)           If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a “protected purchaser”, as such term is defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of New York.

 

(c)           If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue from and after the date of such payment.

 

(d)           If a Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on the maturity date, any redemption date or any date of purchase pursuant to an Offer to Purchase, money sufficient to pay Notes payable or to be redeemed or purchased on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest.

 

Section 2.09                             Treasury Notes.

 

In determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, or by any Affiliate of the Issuer, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded.  Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith will not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the 

 

44

 

Trustee the pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or any obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or of such other obligor.

 

Section 2.10                             Temporary Notes.

 

Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes.  Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as will be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.  Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.  Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this Indenture.

 

Section 2.11                             Cancellation.

 

The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation.  The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment.  The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will dispose of cancelled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act).  Certification of the disposal of all cancelled Notes will, upon the written request of the Issuer, be delivered to the Issuer.  The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

Section 2.12                             Defaulted Interest.

 

(a)           If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01.  The Issuer will notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer will deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or will make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12.  The Trustee will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date will be less than ten days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest.  The Trustee will promptly notify the Issuer of such special record date.  At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) will mail, or cause to be mailed to each Holder a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

 

(b)           Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note will carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue interest, which were carried by such other Note.

 

45

 

Section 2.13                             CUSIP and ISIN Numbers

 

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee will use CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers in notices of redemption or exchange or in Offers to Purchase as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or exchange or in Offers to Purchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or exchange or Offer to Purchase will not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.  The Issuer will as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP or ISIN numbers.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

REDEMPTION

 

Section 3.01                             Notices to Trustee.

 

If the Issuer elects to redeem less than all of the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07, it will furnish to the Trustee, at least five Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice period will be agreed to by the Trustee) but not more than 45 days before a redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (1) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption will occur, (2) the redemption date, (3) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (4) the redemption price, if then ascertainable.  If any such redemption is subject to compliance with a condition permitted by this Indenture, such Officers’ Certificate will certify that such condition has been complied with or will certify, if such is the case, any conditions to be complied with, and the Issuer will give the Trustee prompt notice of such non-compliance, after which the Trustee will give notice to the Holders in the same manner as the related notice of redemption was given that such conditions have not been complied with and that the redemption will not occur.

 

Section 3.02                             Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.

 

(a)           If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to Section 3.07 or purchased in an Offer to Purchase at any time, the Trustee will select the Notes to be redeemed or purchased (1) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed or (2) if the Notes are not so listed, by lottery or in accordance with DTC’s applicable procedures, which may provide for the selection for redemption of a portion of the principal amount on the Notes.  In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the then outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.

 

(b)           If the Notes are in certificated form, the Trustee will promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased.  Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; no Notes of $2,000 or less will be redeemed in part, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, will be redeemed or purchased.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

 

46

 

(c)           After the redemption date, upon surrender of a Note to be redeemed in part only, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note representing the same Indebtedness to the extent not redeemed will be issued in the name of the Holder of the Notes upon cancellation of the original Note (or appropriate book entries will be made to reflect such partial redemption).

 

Section 3.03                             Notice of Redemption.

 

(a)           Subject to Section 3.09, the Issuer will mail, or cause to be mailed (or, in the case of Notes held in book-entry form, by electronic transmission) notices of redemption of Notes at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to this Article at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 11.

 

(b)           The notice will identify the Notes (including CUSIP/ISIN number) to be redeemed and will state:

 

(1)           the redemption date;

 

(2)           the redemption price, including the portion thereof representing any accrued and unpaid interest; provided that in connection with a redemption under Section 3.07(a), the notice need not set forth the redemption price but only the manner of calculation thereof;

 

(3)           if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed;

 

(4)           the name and address of the Paying Agent;

 

(5)           that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

 

(6)           that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

 

(7)           the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;

 

(8)           that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP or ISIN number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and

 

(9)           if applicable, any condition to such redemption.

 

(c)           At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense; provided that the Issuer will have delivered to the Trustee, at least five Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be sent or caused to be sent to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice period will be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in Section 3.03(b).

 

47

 

Section 3.04                             Effect of Notice of Redemption.

 

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price (except as provided for in Section 3.07(f)).  The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, will be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice.  In any case, failure to give such notice or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part will not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note.  Subject to Section 3.05, on and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption.

 

Section 3.05                             Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.

 

(a)           No later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the redemption or purchase date, the Issuer will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date falling on or prior to the redemption or purchase date.  The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed or repurchased the applicable redemption or purchase price thereof and accrued and unpaid interest thereon.  The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

 

(b)           If the Issuer complies with the provisions of Section 3.05(a), then on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.  If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption or purchase date will be paid on the relevant Interest Payment Date to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date and no Additional Interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuer.  If any Note called for redemption or purchase will not be so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with Section 3.05(a), interest will be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the redemption or purchase date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01.

 

Section 3.06                             Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.

 

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail to the Holder (or cause to be transferred by book entry) at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same Indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or purchased; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and an Officers’ Certificate shall be required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note.

 

Section 3.07                             Optional Redemption.

 

(a)           At any time prior to May 1, 2016, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or, from time to time, in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed to each 

 

48

 

Holder or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes being redeemed plus the Applicable Premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, subject to the right of Holders of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date falling on or prior to such redemption date.  Promptly after the determination thereof, the Issuer will give the Trustee notice of the redemption price provided for in this Section 3.07(a), and the Trustee will not be responsible for such calculation.

 

(b)           In addition, prior to May 1, 2016, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) at a redemption price equal to 104.75% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of Holders of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date falling on or prior to such redemption date, with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (1) at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (unless all of such Notes are redeemed); and (2) such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of any such Equity Offering.

 

(c)           Except pursuant to clause (a) or (b) of this Section 3.07, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuer’s option prior to May 1, 2016.

 

(d)           On and after May 1, 2016, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or, from time to time, in part, upon notice pursuant to Section 3.03 at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of Holders of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date falling on or prior to such redemption date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on May 1 of the years indicated below:

 

	
Year
    	
 
    	
Percentage
    	
 
    
	
2016
    	
 
    	
103.563
    	
%
    
	
2017
    	
 
    	
102.375
    	
%
    
	
2018
    	
 
    	
101.188
    	
%
    
	
2019 and thereafter
    	
 
    	
100.000
    	
%
    

 

(e)           Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 will be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06.

 

(f)            Any redemption or notice in connection with this Section 3.07 may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including completion of an Equity Offering or other corporate transaction.

 

(g)           The Issuer or its Affiliates may acquire Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of this Indenture.

 

49

 

 

Section 3.08                             Mandatory Redemption.

 

The Issuer will not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

Section 3.09                             Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.

 

(a)                                 In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10, the Issuer is required to commence an Asset Disposition Offer, the Issuer will follow the procedures specified below.

 

(b)                                 The Asset Disposition Offer will remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Asset Disposition Offer Period”).  No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period (the “Asset Disposition Purchase Date”), the Issuer will apply all Excess Proceeds to the purchase of the aggregate principal amount of Notes and, if applicable, Pari Passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable) required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.10 (the “Asset Disposition Offer Amount”), or, if less than the Asset Disposition Offer Amount of Notes (and, if applicable, Pari Passu Indebtedness) has been so validly tendered, all Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness validly tendered in response to the Asset Disposition Offer.  Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments on the Notes are made.

 

(c)                                  If the Asset Disposition Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest up to but excluding the Asset Sale Purchase Date, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date.

 

(d)                                 Upon the commencement of an Asset Disposition Offer, the Issuer will mail a notice (or, in the case of Global Notes, otherwise communicate in accordance with the procedures of DTC) to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee.  The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer.  The Asset Disposition Offer will be made to all Holders and, if required, all holders of Pari Passu Indebtedness.  The notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Disposition Offer, will state:

 

(1)                                 that the Asset Disposition Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 and the length of time the Asset Disposition Offer will remain open;

 

(2)                                 the Asset Disposition Offer Amount, the purchase price, including the portion thereof representing any accrued and unpaid interest, and the Asset Disposition Purchase Date;

 

(3)                                 that any Note not properly tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest;

 

(4)                                 that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer will cease to accrue interest on and after the Asset Disposition Purchase Date;

 

(5)                                 that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof only;

 

(6)                                 that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Disposition Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect

 

50

 

Purchase” attached to the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, the Depositary, if appointed by the Issuer, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Asset Disposition Purchase Date;

 

(7)                                 that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives at the address specified in the notice, not later than the expiration of the Asset Disposition Offer Period, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes the Holder tendered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Note purchased;

 

(8)                                 that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by the holders thereof exceeds the Asset Disposition Offer Amount, then the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness will be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the aggregate accreted value or principal amount, as applicable, of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered and the selection of the Notes for purchase will be made by the Trustee by such method as the Trustee in its sole discretion will deem to be fair and appropriate, although no Note having a principal amount of $2,000 will be purchased in part; and

 

(9)                                 that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same Indebtedness to the extent not repurchased.

 

(e)                                  On or before the Asset Disposition Purchase Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Asset Disposition Offer Amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness or portions thereof validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer, or if less than the Asset Disposition Offer Amount has been validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, all Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness so tendered, in the case of the Notes, in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; provided that if, following repurchase of a portion of a Note, the remaining principal amount of such Note outstanding immediately after such repurchase would be less than $2,000, then the portion of such Note so repurchased will be reduced so that the remaining principal amount of such Note outstanding immediately after such repurchase is $2,000.  The Issuer will deliver or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee the Notes so accepted and an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof so accepted and that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09.  In addition, the Issuer will deliver all certificates and notes required, if any, by the agreements governing the Pari Passu Indebtedness.

 

(f)                                   The Paying Agent or the Issuer, as the case may be, will promptly, but in no event later than five Business Days after termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period, mail or deliver to each tendering Holder or holder or lender of Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes or the Pari Passu Indebtedness so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn by such holder or lender, as the case may be, and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel is required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note) in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.  In addition, the Issuer will take any and all other actions required by the agreements governing the Pari

 

51

 

Passu Indebtedness.  Any Note not so accepted will be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof.  The Issuer will publicly announce the results of the Asset Disposition Offer on or promptly following the Asset Disposition Purchase Date.

 

(g)                                  The Issuer will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer.  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue thereof.

 

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.10, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 will be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

COVENANTS

 

Section 4.01                             Payment of Notes.

 

(a)                                 The Issuer will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, or premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes.  Principal, premium, if any, and interest will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than one of the Issuer or a Subsidiary, holds as of noon, New York City time, on the due date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.

 

(b)                                 The Issuer will pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

(c)                                  The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 

Section 4.02                             Maintenance of Office or Agency.

 

The Issuer will maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer and the Guarantors in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served.  The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency.  If at any time the Issuer will fail to maintain any such required office or agency or will fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

 

The Issuer may also from time to time designate additional offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind

 

52

 

such designations.  The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03.

 

Section 4.03                             Reports and Other Information.

 

(a)                                 Notwithstanding that the Issuer may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, and if not filed electronically with the SEC through EDGAR (or any successor system), the Issuer will file with the SEC (to the extent permitted by the Exchange Act), and make available to the Trustee and the Holders, without cost to any Holder, the annual reports and the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and regulations prescribe) that are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act with respect to U.S. issuers within the time periods specified therein (including any grace period provided by Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act) or in the relevant forms.

 

(b)                                 In the event that the Issuer is not permitted to file such reports, documents and information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act, the Issuer will nevertheless make available such Exchange Act reports, documents and information to the Trustee and the Holders as if the Issuer were subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act within the time periods specified therein (including any grace period provided by Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act) or in the relevant forms, which requirement may be satisfied by posting such reports, documents and information on its website within the time periods specified by this Section 4.03, provided, that the Issuer will not be required to furnish any information, certifications or reports required by Items 307 or 308 of Regulation S-K of the Securities Act prior to the commencement of the Exchange Offer, or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement.

 

(c)                                  If the Issuer has designated any of its Subsidiaries as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such Unrestricted Subsidiary, either individually or collectively, would otherwise have been a Significant Subsidiary (based upon the most recently delivered financial statements), then the quarterly and annual financial information required by Section 4.03(a) will include a reasonably detailed presentation, as determined in good faith by Senior Management of the Issuer, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes to the financial statements and in the “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” section, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

(d)                                 The filing requirements set forth in this Section 4.03 for the applicable period may be satisfied by the Issuer prior to the commencement of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement by the filing with the SEC of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and/or Shelf Registration Statement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act; provided that this paragraph will not supersede or in any manner suspend or delay the Issuer’s reporting obligations set forth in clauses (a) through (c) of this Section 4.03.

 

(e)                                  In addition, the Issuer and the Guarantors have agreed that they will make available to the Holders and to prospective investors, upon the request of such Holders, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as the Notes are not freely transferable under the Securities Act.  For purposes of this clause (e), the Issuer and the Guarantors

 

53

 

will be deemed to have furnished the reports to the Trustee and the Holders as required by this Section 4.03 if it has filed such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available; provided, that the Trustee shall have no obligation to monitor whether such reports are filed.

 

(f)                                   Delivery of such reports and information to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

 

Section 4.04                             Compliance Certificate.

 

(a)                                 The Issuer and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the Trust Indenture Act) will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Issuer and each Guarantor have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officers signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge, the Issuer and each Guarantor have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default will have occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuer and each Guarantor are taking or propose to take with respect thereto).

 

(b)                                 When any Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, or if the Trustee or the holder of any other evidence of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary gives any notice or takes any other action with respect to a claimed Default, the Issuer will promptly (which will be no more than 30 days following the date on which the Issuer becomes aware of such Default, receives such notice or becomes aware of such action, as applicable and so long as such Default is continuing) send to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate specifying such event, its status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

Section 4.05                             Taxes.

 

The Issuer will pay, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate negotiations or proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Issuer and the Guarantors, taken as a whole.

 

Section 4.06                            Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

 

The Issuer and each Guarantor covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each Guarantor (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

 

54

 

Section 4.07                             Limitation on Restricted Payments.

 

(a)                                 The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to:

 

(1)                                 declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution (whether made in cash, securities or other property) on or in respect of its or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Capital Stock (including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) other than:

 

(A)                   dividends or distributions payable solely in Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock); and

 

(B)                   dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary, so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any Capital Stock issued by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiary holding such Capital Stock receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution;

 

(2)                                 purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value, including in connection with any merger or consolidation, any Capital Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer held by Persons other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiaries (other than in exchange for Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock));

 

(3)                                 make any principal payment on, or purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to any scheduled repayment or installment, scheduled sinking fund payment or scheduled maturity, any Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, other than:

 

(A)                   Indebtedness of the Issuer owing to and held by any Guarantor or Indebtedness of a Guarantor owing to and held by the Issuer or any other Guarantor permitted under clauses (5) and (13) of Section 4.09(b) or

 

(B)                   the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement; or

 

(4)                                 make any Restricted Investment

 

(all such payments and other actions referred to in clauses (1) through (4) above (other than any exception thereto) will be referred to as a “Restricted Payment”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

 

(A)                   no Default exists or immediately after giving effect thereto would exist;

 

(B)                   immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a); and

 

(C)                   the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments declared or made subsequent to the Existing Notes Issue Date (excluding Restricted

 

55

 

Payments made pursuant to clauses (1), (2), (3), (5), (8), (9), (10), (11), (12), and (14) (to the extent Restricted Payments in any fiscal year pursuant to such clause (14) do not exceed $50 million, with any unutilized portion of such $50 million carried forward to the next fiscal year of the Issuer, but no further) of Section 4.07(b)) would not exceed the sum of (without duplication):

 

(i)                                     50% of Consolidated Net Income for the period (treated as one accounting period) from October 1, 2010 to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which financial statements are available (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit); plus

 

(ii)                                  100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property received by the Issuer from the issue or sale of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) or other capital contributions subsequent to the Existing Notes Issue Date, other than:

 

(x)                                 Net Cash Proceeds received from an issuance or sale of such Capital Stock to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or Guaranteed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination); and

 

(y)                                 Net Cash Proceeds received by the Issuer from the issue and sale of its Capital Stock or capital contributions to the extent applied to redeem Notes in compliance with Section 3.07(b); plus

 

(iii)                               the amount by which Indebtedness of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries is reduced on the Issuer’s consolidated balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange (other than debt held by a Subsidiary of the Issuer) subsequent to the Existing Notes Issue Date of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries convertible or exchangeable for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer (less the amount of any cash, or the fair market value of any other property, distributed by the Issuer upon such conversion or exchange); plus

 

(iv)                              the amount equal to the net reduction in Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any Person resulting from:

 

(x)                                 repurchases or redemptions of such Restricted Investments by such Person, proceeds realized upon the sale of such Restricted Investment to an unaffiliated purchaser, repayments of loans or advances, payments of interest and dividends or other transfers of assets (including by way of dividend or distribution) by such Person to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than for reimbursement of tax payments); or

 

56

 

(y)                                 the redesignation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary with and into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (valued in each case as provided in the definition of “Investment”) not to exceed the amount of Investments previously made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary,

 

which amount in each case under this clause (iv) was included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; provided, however, that no amount will be included under this clause (iv) to the extent it is already included in Consolidated Net Income.

 

(b)                                 The provisions of Section 4.09(a) will not prohibit:

 

(1)                     any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Capital Stock, Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance or sale of, Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or Guaranteed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination); provided, however, that the Net Cash Proceeds from such sale of Capital Stock will be excluded from Section 4.07(a)(4)(C)(ii);

 

(2)                     any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance or sale of, Subordinated Obligations or any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance or sale of, Guarantor Subordinated Obligations so long as such refinancing Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations are permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 and constitute Refinancing Indebtedness;

 

(3)                     any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance or sale of, Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, so long as such refinancing Disqualified Stock is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 and constitutes Refinancing Indebtedness;

 

(4)                     the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Obligation or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations (A) at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the principal amount of such Subordinated Obligation or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations in the event of a Change of Control in accordance with provisions similar to Section 4.14 or (B) at a purchase price not greater than 100% of the principal amount thereof in accordance with provisions similar to Section 4.10; provided that, prior to or simultaneously with such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, the Issuer has made the Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer, as applicable, as provided in such covenant with respect to the Notes and has completed the repurchase or redemption of all Notes validly tendered for payment in connection with such Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer;

 

(5)                     any purchase or redemption of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations from Net Available Cash to the extent permitted under Section 4.10;

 

57

 

(6)                     the declaration of any dividend and the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration, if at such date of declaration such dividends would have complied with this provision;

 

(7)                     the purchase, redemption or other acquisition, cancellation or retirement for value of Capital Stock or equity appreciation rights of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, held by any existing or former employees, management, directors or consultants of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer or their assigns, estates or heirs, in each case in connection with the repurchase provisions under employee stock option or stock purchase agreements or other agreements to compensate such Person approved by the Board of Directors; provided that such Capital Stock or equity appreciation rights were received for services related to, or for the benefit of, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and provided, further, that such redemptions or repurchases pursuant to this clause will not exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate during any consecutive 12-month period (plus any unused amounts under this clause (7) from prior years), although such amount in any such period may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

 

(A)                   the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer, and to the extent contributed to the Issuer, Capital Stock of any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to existing or former employees or members of management of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies, that occurs after the Existing Notes Issue Date, to the extent the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of such Capital Stock have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments (provided that the Net Cash Proceeds from such sales or contributions will be excluded from Section 4.09(a)(4)(C)(ii); plus

 

(B)                   the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Existing Notes Issue Date; less

 

(C)                   the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the Net Cash Proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (7);

 

(8)                     the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense;”

 

(9)                     repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants, other rights to purchase Capital Stock or other convertible securities if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof;

 

(10)              the purchase or redemption of any shares of Capital Stock of the Issuer, for cash, in an aggregate amount (net of related costs and expenses) not in excess of $100.0 million subsequent to the Existing Notes Issue Date;

 

(11)              the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);

 

(12)              in addition to the items referred to in clauses (1) through (11) above and clauses (13) through (14) below, Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount, which when taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (12) (as reduced by the amount of capital returned from any such Restricted Payments that constituted Restricted Investments in the form of cash

 

58

 

and Cash Equivalents (exclusive of items reflected in Consolidated Net Income)) not to exceed $75.0 million;

 

(13)              the declaration and payment of dividends on the Issuer’s Capital Stock in an aggregate amount during any fiscal year not to exceed $20.0 million; and

 

(14)              any Restricted Payment; provided, that, immediately after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the application of the proceeds thereof), the Issuer would have had a Leverage Ratio of less than or equal to 2.5 to 1.0;

 

provided, however, that at the time of and immediately after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (5), (7), (8), (10), (12), (13) and (14), no Default will have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

 

In determining whether any Restricted Payment is permitted by the foregoing covenant, the Issuer may allocate or reallocate, at any time and from time to time, all or any portion of such Restricted Payment among all clauses of Section 4.07(b) (as of the Issue Date, such clauses being clauses (1) through (14)) or among such clauses and Section 4.07(a), provided that at the time of such allocation or reallocation, all such Restricted Payments, or allocated portions thereof, would be permitted under this Section 4.07.

 

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of such Restricted Payment of the assets or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The amount of all Restricted Payments paid in cash will be its face amount. Not later than 30 days following the making any Restricted Payment, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by this Section 4.07 were computed, together with a copy of any fairness opinion or appraisal required by this Indenture.

 

As of the Issue Date, all of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Issuer will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the definition of “Investment.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in this Indenture.

 

Section 4.08                             Limitation on Restrictions on Distribution From Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

(a)                           The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

(1)                     pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on Common Stock will not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock);

 

59

 

(2)                     make any loans or advances to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that the subordination of loans or advances made to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary will not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances); or

 

(3)                     sell, lease or transfer any of its property or assets to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that such transfers will not include any type of transfer described in clauses (1) or (2) above).

 

(b)                           The preceding provisions will not prohibit encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

(1)                     contractual encumbrances or restrictions pursuant to (i) the Senior Credit Facility and related documentation (including agreements related to banking services, cash management services and Hedging Obligations) and (ii) other agreements or instruments in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date, including the Existing Notes and the Existing Notes Indenture;

 

(2)                     this Indenture, the Notes, the Exchange Notes and the Note Guarantees and documentation related to each of the foregoing;

 

(3)                     any agreement, organizational or governance document or other instrument of, or relating to any asset of, a Person acquired (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which is in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired (including after-acquired property);

 

(4)                     any amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing of an agreement, instrument or document referred to in clauses (1), (2) or (3) of this Section 4.08(b) or this clause (4); provided, however, that the encumbrances or restrictions effected by such amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, no more restrictive (taken as a whole with all other encumbrances and restrictions contained in such agreement, instrument or document) than the encumbrances and restrictions contained the agreements referred to in clauses (1), (2) or (3) of this paragraph on the Issue Date or the date such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged into a Restricted Subsidiary, whichever is applicable;

 

(5)                     in the case of Section 4.08(a)(3), Liens permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.12 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

 

(6)                     (A) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and (B) Capitalized Lease Obligations permitted under this Indenture, in each case, that impose encumbrances or restrictions of the nature described in Section 4.08(a)(3) on the property so acquired;

 

(7)                     contracts for the sale of assets (including Sale/Leaseback Transactions) or Capital Stock, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or a portion of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

 

(8)                     cash or other deposits or net worth or similar requirements imposed by customers, suppliers or landlords under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

60

 

(9)                     any customary provisions in joint venture agreements relating to joint ventures and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(10)              any customary provisions in leases, subleases or licenses and other agreements entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

(11)              applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order of any arbiter, tribunal or governmental authority; and

 

(12)              consensual arrangements with insurance regulators with respect to the Insurance Subsidiary; and

 

(13)              other Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or  Preferred Stock issued by a Guarantor, in each case in accordance with Section 4.09, that, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, are not more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those applicable to the Issuer in either this Indenture or the Senior Credit Facility on the Issue Date (which results in encumbrances or restrictions comparable to those applicable to the Issuer at a Restricted Subsidiary level).

 

Section 4.09                       Limitation on Indebtedness.

 

(a)                           The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness); provided, however, that the Issuer and the Guarantors may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) if on the date thereof and after giving effect thereto on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of net proceeds therefrom):

 

(1)                     the Consolidated Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is at least 2.00 to 1.00; and

 

(2)                     no Default or Event of Default then exists or, immediately after giving effect thereto, would exist.

 

(b)                           The provisions of Section 4.09(a) will not prohibit the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness:

 

(1)                     Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor Incurred under one or more Debt Facilities and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with undrawn trade letters of credit and reimbursement obligations relating to trade letters of credit satisfied within 30 days being excluded, and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) in an aggregate outstanding amount equal to $1.0 billion less the aggregate principal amount of all principal repayments of Debt Facilities with the proceeds from Asset Dispositions made pursuant to Section 4.10(a)(3)(A) in satisfaction of the requirements of such covenant;

 

(2)                     Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the related Note Guarantees (other than any Additional Notes and their related Guarantees) and any Exchange Notes and any Note Guarantees thereof;

 

(3)                     Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1), (2), (4), (5), (7), (9), (10) and (11) of this Section 4.09(b)), including the Existing Notes and the Guarantees of the Existing Notes;

 

61

 

(4)                     (A) Guarantees by (i) the Issuer or Guarantors of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by the Issuer or a Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; provided that in the event such Indebtedness that is being Guaranteed is a Subordinated Obligation or a Guarantor Subordinated Obligation, then the related Guarantee will be subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as the case may be, and (ii) Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries of Indebtedness Incurred by Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; and

 

(B) Guarantee Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations of any Foreign Subsidiary;

 

(5)                     Indebtedness of the Issuer owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however,

 

(A)                               if the Issuer is the obligor on Indebtedness owing to a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations with respect to the Notes;

 

(B)                               if a Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary is the obligee, such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Note Guarantees of such Guarantor; and

 

(C)                               (1) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness being beneficially held by a Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; and

 

(2) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Issuer or such Subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

(6)                                 Indebtedness of Persons Incurred and outstanding on the date on which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by, or merged into, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness Incurred (a) to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by the Issuer or (b) otherwise in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition); provided, however, that at the time such Person is acquired (and after giving pro forma effect thereto), either:

 

(A)  the Issuer would have been able to Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (6); or

 

(B)  the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is higher than such ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger.

 

(7)                                 Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary under Hedging Obligations that are Incurred in the ordinary course of business (and not for speculative purposes);

 

(8)                                 Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations and Attributable Indebtedness) of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred to finance all or any part of the purchase, lease, construction or improvement of any property, plant or equipment used or to be used in the business

 

62

 

of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary whether through the direct purchase, lease, construction or improvement of such property, plant or equipment, including any such Indebtedness assumed in connection with the purchase of such property, plant or equipment or secured by a Lien thereon prior to such purchases, such property, plant or equipment, and any Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary which serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (8), in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (8) and then outstanding, will not exceed $40.0 million at any time outstanding, determined as of the date of such Incurrence;

 

(9)                                 Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries (A) in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance, self-insurance obligations, performance, bid, surety, appeal and similar bonds and completion Guarantees (not for borrowed money) provided in the ordinary course of business; including obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments issued for such purposes to the extent none of such instruments is drawn upon, or if drawn upon, is reimbursed no later than the fifth Business Day following receipt of demand for reimbursement following payment on the letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or similar instrument and (B) arising from an obligation to repay customer deposits received in the ordinary course;

 

(10)                          Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business or assets of the Issuer or any business, assets or Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that:

 

(A)                               the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such Indebtedness will at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the Fair Market Value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition; and

 

(B)                               such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (contingent obligations referred to in a  footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (10));

 

(11)                          Indebtedness (including Indebtedness in existence on the Issue Date) arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument, including electronic transfers, wire transfers and credit card payments (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business (except in the form of lines of credit); provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of Incurrence;

 

(12)                          the Incurrence or issuance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Refinancing Indebtedness that serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness Incurred as permitted under Section 4.09(a) and clauses (2), (3), (6) and this clause (12) of this Section 4.09(b), or any Indebtedness issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, including additional Indebtedness Incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, tender premiums), defeasance costs, accrued interest and fees and expenses in connection therewith;

 

(13)                          Indebtedness of the Issuer and of any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Insurance Subsidiary in an aggregate amount not to exceed $65.0 million at any time outstanding that

 

63

 

cannot be subordinated to the obligations of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary under this Indenture for regulatory reasons or would cause the carrying value for regulatory valuation purposes to be decreased;

 

(14)                          Guarantees by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of outstanding Indebtedness of franchisees not to exceed (without duplication) a principal amount of $100.0 million at any time outstanding;

 

(15)                          Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to lines of credit entered into in connection with cash management facilities and in an aggregate principal amount (for the Issuer and all Restricted Subsidiaries) not to exceed $30.0 million at any one time outstanding, including the line of credit between RAC East, the Issuer, certain Subsidiaries of the Issuer and INTRUST Bank, N.A.;

 

(16)                          Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which will not exceed $75.0 million at any time outstanding;

 

(17)                          Indebtedness of the Issuer to the extent that the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited to defease or to satisfy and discharge the Notes (including any Additional Notes, if any); and

 

(18)                          in addition to the items referred to in clauses (1) through (17) above, Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (18) and then outstanding, will not exceed $100.0 million.

 

The Issuer will not Incur any Indebtedness under Section 4.09(b) if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to refinance any Subordinated Obligations of the Issuer unless such Indebtedness will be subordinated to the Notes to at least the same extent as such Subordinated Obligations.  No Guarantor will Incur any Indebtedness under Section 4.09(b) if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to refinance any Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of such Guarantor unless such Indebtedness will be subordinated to the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee to at least the same extent as such Guarantor Subordinated Obligations.  No Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) may Incur any Indebtedness if the proceeds are used to refinance Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this Section 4.09:

 

(1)                                 in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 4.09(a) and (b) (or any combination thereof), the Issuer, in its sole discretion, will be permitted to classify and divide such item of Indebtedness (or  any one or more portions thereof) on the date of Incurrence and may later reclassify or divide such item of Indebtedness (or any one or more portions thereof) in any manner that complies with Section 4.09(a) and (b) (or any combination thereof) and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of such clauses; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date under the Senior Credit Facility will be deemed Incurred under Section 4.09(b)(1) and not Section 4.9(a) or Section 4.09(b)(3) and may not later be reclassified or divided;

 

(2)                                 Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness will not be included;

 

64

 

(3)                                 if obligations in respect of letters of credit are Incurred pursuant to a Debt Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to Section 4.9(b)(1) and the letters of credit relate to other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness will not be included;

 

(4)                                 the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, will be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof;

 

(5)                                 Indebtedness permitted by this Section 4.09 need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this Section 4.09 permitting such Indebtedness; and

 

(6)                                 the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof will be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value, or the amortization of debt discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness and the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.09.  The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be (i) the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount or the aggregate principal amount outstanding in the case of Indebtedness issued with interest payable in kind and (ii) the principal amount or liquidation preference thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

 

In addition, the Issuer will not permit any of its Unrestricted Subsidiaries to Incur any Indebtedness or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock, other than Non-Recourse Debt.  If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under this Section 4.09, the Issuer will be in Default of this Section 4.09).

 

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency will be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction will be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Issuer may Incur pursuant to this covenant will not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies.  The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, will be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

 

65

 

Section 4.10                         Asset Sales.

 

(a)                                 The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate any Asset Disposition unless:

 

(1)                                 the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at least equal to the Fair Market Value  (such Fair Market Value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition) of the shares, property and assets subject to such Asset Disposition;

 

(2)                                 at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; and

 

(3)                                 an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, at the option of the Issuer and in the sequence it elects (subject to the terms of the Indebtedness referred to in clauses (a) and (b) below) to any of the following (or any combination thereof) within 365 days from the later of the date of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash, as follows:

 

(A)                               to permanently reduce (and permanently reduce commitments with respect thereto): (x) obligations under the Senior Credit Facility and (y) Secured Indebtedness of the Issuer (other than any Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Obligations) or Secured Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Disqualified Stock or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations) (in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer);

 

(B)                               to permanently reduce obligations under other Indebtedness of the Issuer (other than any Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Obligations) or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Disqualified Stock or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations), (in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer); provided that the Issuer will equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes through open market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 4.10 for an Asset Disposition Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest including Additional Interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or

 

(C)                               to invest in Additional Assets;

 

provided that the Issuer will be deemed to have complied with the provisions described in this Section 4.10(a)(3)(C) if and to the extent that, within 365 days from the later of the date of such Asset Dispositions that generated the Net Available Cash or the receipt of such Net Available Cash, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary has entered into and not abandoned or rejected a binding agreement to acquire the assets or Capital Stock of a Similar Business, make an Investment in Additional Assets or make a capital expenditure in compliance with the provision described in clause (c), and that acquisition, purchase, investment or capital expenditure is thereafter completed within 180 days after the end of such 365-day period. Pending the final application of any such Net Available Cash in accordance with clauses (a), (b) or (c) above, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce Indebtedness (including under a revolving Debt Facility) or otherwise invest such Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.

 

66

 

For the purposes of Sections 4.10(a)(1) and (2), no Asset Disposition pursuant to condemnation, confiscation, appropriation or other similar taking, including by deed in lieu of condemnation, resulting from damage, destruction, or total loss, or pursuant to foreclosure or other enforcement of a Lien Incurred not in breach of this Indenture or exercise by the related lienholder of rights with respect thereto, including by deed or assignment in lieu of foreclosure will, in any such case, be required to satisfy the conditions set forth in clause (1) and (2) above.

 

For the purposes of clause (2) above, and for no other purpose, the following will be deemed to be cash:

 

(1)                                 any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees) that are assumed by the transferee of any such shares, property or other assets and from which the Issuer and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing;

 

(2)                                 any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Disposition; and

 

(3)                                 any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Disposition having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (3) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $25.0 million and (y) 2.5% of Total Tangible Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

(b)                                 Any Net Available Cash from Asset Dispositions that are not applied or invested as provided in Section 4.10(a) will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” which, for the avoidance of doubt, will not include any Net Available Cash that is the subject of an Asset Disposition Offer to the extent not accepted by the Holders on or before the applicable Asset Disposition Purchase Date pursuant to the terms described below. On the 366th day after an Asset Disposition, or, in the case of Section 4.10(a)(3)(C) above, upon abandonment of any such project, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million, the Issuer will promptly thereafter make an offer (“Asset Disposition Offer”) to all Holders and, to the extent required by the terms of any outstanding Pari Passu Indebtedness (including the Existing Notes Indenture), to all holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and any such Pari Passu Indebtedness (including the Existing Notes) that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, (subject to the right of Holders of record at the close of business on the Relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 or the agreements governing the Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable, in each case in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.  The Issuer will commence an Asset Disposition Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds by mailing (or otherwise communicating in accordance with the procedures of DTC) the notice required by Section 3.09, with a copy to the Trustee. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness validly tendered pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer and not properly withdrawn is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in this Indenture.  If the aggregate principal

 

67

 

amount of Notes or the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by such holders or lenders thereof, collectively, exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the aggregate accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered.  Upon completion of any such Asset Disposition Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

 

(c)                                  If pursuant to this Section 4.10, the Trustee is required to comment on Asset Disposal Offer, the Trustee will follow the procedures specified in Section 3.09.

 

Section 4.11                         Transactions with Affiliates.

 

(a)                                 The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any material transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or asset or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Issuer (an “Affiliate Transaction”) unless:

 

(1)                                 the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction in arms-length dealings with a Person that is not an Affiliate;

 

(2)                                 in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million but less than or equal to $25.0 million, an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction satisfies the criteria in Section 4.11(a)(1) above;

 

(3)                                 in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million but less than or equal to $75.0 million, the terms of such transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer and by a majority of the members of such Board of Directors having no personal stake in such transaction, if any (and such majority or majorities, as the case may be, determines that such Affiliate Transaction satisfies the criteria in 4.11(a)(1) above); and

 

(4)                                 in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate consideration in excess of $75.0 million, the Issuer has received a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor that such Affiliate Transaction satisfied the criteria in clause (1) above.

 

(b)                                 Section 4.11(a) will not apply to:

 

(1)                                 (A) any transaction (i) between or among the Issuer and one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) between or among Restricted Subsidiaries and (B) any Guarantees issued by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary for the benefit of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in accordance with Section 4.07;

 

(2)                                 any (A) Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 4.07 or (B) Permitted Investments (other than pursuant to clause (2) of the definition thereof);

 

(3)                                 any issuance of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or as the funding of, employment agreements and other compensation arrangements, options to purchase Capital Stock of the Issuer, restricted stock plans, long-term incentive plans, stock appreciation rights plans,  participation plans or similar employee benefits plans and/or indemnity provided on behalf of Officers, employees and directors (and, if required by the governance documents of the Issuer), approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer;

 

68

 

(4)                                 the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and benefit arrangements and indemnity provided for or on behalf of, employees, officers, directors of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(5)                                 loans or advances to employees, Officers or directors of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices, in an aggregate amount not in excess of $1.0 million (without giving effect to the forgiveness of any such loan) at any time outstanding;

 

(6)                                 any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, as these agreements may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented, extended, replaced or renewed from time to time, so long as any such amendment, restatement, modification, supplement, extension, replacement or renewal does not, in any material respect, adversely affect the rights of the Holders as compared to, when taken as a whole, the terms of the agreements on the Issue Date, as determined in good faith by the Issuer;

 

(7)                                 any agreement between any Person and an Affiliate of such Person existing at the time such Person is acquired by or merged into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, that such agreement was not entered into contemplation of such acquisition or merger, and any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment does not, in any material respect, adversely affect the rights of the Holders as compared to, when taken as a whole, the applicable agreement as in effect on the date of such acquisition or merger), as determined in good faith by the Issuer;

 

(8)                                 transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and otherwise not in breach of the terms of this Indenture; provided that in the reasonable determination of the members of the Board of Directors or Senior Management of the Issuer, such transactions are on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could be obtained at the time of such transactions in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;

 

(9)                                 any issuance or sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) to Affiliates of the Issuer and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith;

 

(10)                          transactions with a Person that is an Affiliate of the Issuer solely because the Issuer owns Capital Stock in, or controls, such Person;

 

(11)                          any transaction between the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person, a director of which is also a director of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such director abstains from voting as a director in connection with the approval of the transaction; and

 

(12)                          transactions in which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable than those that might reasonably have been obtained by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in a comparable transaction at such time on an arms-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate.

 

Section 4.12                             Limitation on Liens.

 

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of its

 

69

 

property or assets (including Capital Stock of Subsidiaries), or income or profits therefrom, including any collateral assignment or conveyance of  any right to receive income therefrom, whether owned on the Issue Date or acquired after that date, which Lien is securing any Indebtedness, unless contemporaneously with the Incurrence of such Liens:

 

(a)                                 in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, the Notes and related Note Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or

 

(b)                                 in all other cases, the Notes and related Note Guarantees are equally and ratably secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds or are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens.

 

Any Lien created for the benefit of Holders pursuant to this Section 4.12 will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of each of the Liens described in clauses (a) and (b) above.

 

Section 4.13                             Corporate Existence.

 

Subject to Article 5, the Issuer will do or cause to be done all things reasonably necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (1) its corporate existence and the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary and (2) licenses and franchises of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries which are necessary to operate its and their business, taken as a whole; provided that the Issuer will not be required to take any such actions to preserve any such licenses or franchises, or the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if the Issuer in good faith determines that the preservation thereof is not desirable or necessary in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

Section 4.14                             Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.

 

(a)                                 If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has exercised its right to redeem all of the outstanding Notes pursuant to Article 3, the Issuer will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”) (subject to the right of Holders of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date falling on or prior to the Change of Control Payment Date). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, unless the Issuer has exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes pursuant to Sections Article 3, the Issuer will mail a notice or otherwise deliver notice in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC of such Change of Control Offer to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, stating:

 

(1)                                 that a Change of Control Offer is being made and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for purchase by the Issuer at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of such Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record at the close of business day  on the relevant Record Date to receive interest on a Interest Payment Date);

 

(2)                                 the purchase date (which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); and

 

70

 

(3)                                 the procedures determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Indenture, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes repurchased.

 

(b)                                 On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful:

 

(1)                                 accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes (of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 

(2)                                 deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes so tendered; and

 

(3)                                 deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.14.

 

(c)                                  The Paying Agent will promptly mail (or otherwise deliver in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC) to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or otherwise deliver in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC) (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

(d)                                 If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an Interest Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest to the Change of Control Payment Date will be paid on the Change of Control Payment Date to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender pursuant to the Change of Control Offer.

 

(e)                                  The Change of Control provisions described above will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable, except as set forth in Sections 8.02, 8.03 and 11.01. Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, this Indenture does not contain provisions that permit the Holders to require that the Issuer repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.

 

(f)                                   The Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.14 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control conditional upon the occurrence of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control contemporaneously with the making of the Change of Control Offer.

 

(g)                                  The Issuer will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer.  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue of the conflict.

 

71

 

Section 4.15                             Additional Subsidiary Guarantees.

 

The Issuer will cause each Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a borrower under the Senior Credit Facility or that Guarantees, on the Issue Date or any time thereafter, any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture to this Indenture pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on the Notes on a senior and unsecured basis and all other obligations under this Indenture on the same basis as so Guaranteed by all other then-existing Guarantors. Each Note Guarantee will be released in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.06.

 

The obligations of each Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor (including, without limitation, any Guarantees under the Senior Credit Facility) and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Note Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law. The effectiveness of this limiting provision is not, however, free from doubt.

 

Section 4.16                            Payment for Consent.

 

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, to or for the benefit of, any Holder for, or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to all Holders and is paid to all Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or amendment; provided that if such consents, waivers or amendments are sought in connection with an exchange offer where participation in such exchange offer is limited to Holders who are “qualified institutional buyers,” within the meaning of Rule 144A, or non-U.S. persons, within the meaning of Regulations S, then such consideration need only be offered to all Holders to whom the exchange offer is made and to be paid to all such Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in such time frame.

 

Section 4.17                             Changes in Covenants Upon Notes Being Rated Investment Grade

 

(a)                                 Following the first day (such date, a “Suspension Date”):

 

(1)                     the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating from both of the Rating Agencies; and

 

(2)                     no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture,

 

the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the provisions of Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.15 (but only with respect to any Person that is required to become a Guarantor after the date of the commencement of the applicable Suspension Date) and 5.01(a)(4) (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”).

 

(b)                                 If at any time the Notes’ credit rating is downgraded from an Investment Grade Rating by any Rating Agency or if a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then the Suspended Covenants will thereafter be reinstated as if such covenants had never been suspended (the “Reinstatement Date”), unless and until the Notes subsequently attain an Investment Grade Rating from both of the Rating Agencies and no Default or Event of Default is in existence (in which event the

 

72

 

Suspended Covenants shall no longer be in effect for such time that the Notes maintain an Investment Grade Rating from both of the Rating Agencies and no Default or Event of Default is in existence); provided, however, that no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for, any actions taken or events occurring during the Suspension Period (as defined below), regardless of whether such actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants remained in effect during such period. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reinstatement Date is referred to as the “Suspension Period.”

 

(c)                                  On the Reinstatement Date, all Indebtedness Incurred during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) or one of the clauses set forth in Section 4.09(b) (in each case to the extent such Indebtedness would be permitted to be Incurred thereunder as of the Reinstatement Date and after giving effect to Indebtedness Incurred prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reinstatement Date).  To the extent such Indebtedness would not be so permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) or one of the clauses set forth in Section 4.09(b), such Indebtedness will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified under Section 4.09(b)(3).  Calculations made after the Reinstatement Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 will be made as though Section 4.07 had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period.  Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a).

 

(d)                                 During any period when the Suspended Covenants are suspended, the Board of Directors of the Issuer may not designate any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to this Indenture.

 

(e)                                  Promptly following the occurrence of any Suspension Date or Reinstatement Date, the Issuer will provide an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee regarding such occurrence, and in the absence of such Officers’ Certificate, the Trustee shall be entitled to presume that no Suspension Date or Reinstatement Date has occurred. The Trustee shall have no obligation to independently determine or verify if a Suspension Date or Reinstatement Date has occurred or notify the Holders of any Suspension Date or Reinstatement Date. The Trustee may provide a copy of such Officers’ Certificate to any Holder upon request.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

SUCCESSORS

 

Section 5.01                             Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets.

 

(a)                                 The Issuer will not consolidate with or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

 

(1)                                 the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (if other than the Issuer, the “Successor Company”) is a corporation or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state or territory thereof, or the District of Columbia, and if such entity is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation organized or existing under such laws;

 

73

 

(2)                                 the Successor Company expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and, unless the Issuer and Guarantors have theretofore fulfilled their registration obligations thereunder, assumes by written agreement all of the obligations of the Issuer under the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(3)                                 immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing;

 

(4)                                 immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,

 

(A)                               the Successor Company would be able to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(a), or

 

(B)                               the Consolidated Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

 

(5)                                 each Guarantor (unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case Section 5.01(b)(1) will apply) will have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Note Guarantee will apply to such Successor Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and, unless the Issuer and Guarantors have theretofore fulfilled their registration obligations thereunder, will have by written agreement confirmed that its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement will continue to be in effect; and

 

(6)                                 The Issuer will have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, winding up or disposition, and such supplemental indenture, if any, comply with this Indenture.

 

(b)                           Notwithstanding clauses Sections 5.01(a)(3) and (4):

 

(1)                                 any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge with or into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer so long as no Capital Stock of the Restricted Subsidiary is distributed to any Person other than Issuer; provided that, in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary that merges into the Issuer, the Issuer will not be required to comply with Section 5.01(a)(6); and

 

(2)                                 the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in another state or territory of the United States of America or the District of Columbia, so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

 

(c)                            In addition, the Issuer will not permit any Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not any such Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person (other than to the Issuer or another Guarantor) unless:

 

(1)                                 if such entity remains a Guarantor, (A) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Guarantor”) is a Person (other than an individual) organized and existing

 

74

 

under the laws of the United States of America, any state or territory thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

(B)                               the Successor Guarantor, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under the Notes, this Indenture and its Note Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

(C)                               immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing; and

 

(D)                               the Issuer will have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, winding up or disposition and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture; and

 

(2)                                 if the transaction constitutes an Asset Disposition, such transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 (it being understood that only such portion of the Net Available Cash as is required to be applied on the date of such transaction in accordance with the terms of this Indenture needs to be applied in accordance therewith at such time) and this Section 5.01.

 

(d)                                 Subject to certain limitations described in this Indenture, the Successor Guarantor will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this Indenture and the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may merge with or into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to a Guarantor or the Issuer or merge with a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Guarantor in a state or territory of the United States of America or the District of Columbia, as long as the amount of Indebtedness of such Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

 

(e)                                  For purposes of this Section 5.01, the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Issuer, which properties and assets, if held by the Issuer instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer on a consolidated basis, will be deemed to be the disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer.

 

(f)                                   The Issuer or a Guarantor, as the case may be, will be released from its obligations under this Indenture and its Note Guarantee, as the case may be, and the Successor Company and the Successor Guarantor, as the case may be, will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer or a Guarantor, as the case may be, under this Indenture, the Notes, the Registration Rights Agreement and such Guarantee; provided that, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the Issuer will not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of, and interest on the Notes and a Guarantor will not be released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee.

 

Section 5.02                             Successor Entity Substituted.

 

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer or a Guarantor in accordance with Section 5.01, the successor Person, formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Issuer or a Guarantor, as applicable, is merged or wound up or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made will succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, winding up, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, will refer instead to the successor entity and not to the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable), and may exercise every right

 

75

 

and power of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, herein; provided that the predecessor Issuer will not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all of the Issuer’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.01                             Events of Default.

 

(a)                           Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

 

(1)                                 default in any payment of interest or Additional Interest (as required by the Registration Rights Agreement), if any, on any Note when due, continued for 30 days;

 

(2)                                 default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, on any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise;

 

(3)                                 failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor to comply with its obligations under Section 5.01;

 

(4)                                 failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor to comply for 30 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes with any of its obligations under Article 3;

 

(5)                                 failure by the Issuer or any Guarantors to comply for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes with its other agreements contained in this Indenture (other than a failure that is subject to clauses (1), (2), (3) or (4) above);

 

(6)                                 default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists or is created after the Issue Date, which default:

 

(A)                               is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness (“payment default”); or

 

(B)                               results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated maturity;

 

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $50.0 million or more (or its foreign currency equivalent);

 

76

 

(7)                                 failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary to pay final and non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of $50.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent) (net of any amounts that are covered by insurance issued by  a reputable and creditworthy insurance company that has not contested coverage), which final judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days or more after such judgment becomes final and non-appealable;

 

(8)                                 the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

 

(A)                               commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

 

(B)                               consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking an arrangement of debt, reorganization, dissolution, winding up or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Law;

 

(C)                               consents to the appointment of a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property; or

 

(D)                               makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors.

 

(9)                                 a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

(A)                               is for relief against the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the most recent audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in a proceeding in which the Issuer, any such Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

 

(B)                               appoints a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

 

(C)                               orders the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer, or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

 

77

 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

 

(10)                          (A) any Note Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of this Indenture or the Note Guarantee) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or (B) any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or its Note Guarantee.

 

(b)                                 In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default described in Section 6.01(a)(6) has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes will be automatically annulled if:

 

(1)                                 the default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(6) will be remedied or cured by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or waived by the holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 20 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto; and

 

(2)                                 (A) the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (B) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived;

 

provided, however, that if the Event of Default described in Section 6.01(a)(6) has not been annulled pursuant to this Section of 6.01(b), then the declaration of acceleration may be rescinded pursuant to Section 6.04.

 

Section 6.02                             Acceleration.

 

(a)                                 If any Event of Default (other an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(8) or (9)) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Issuer, specifying the Event of Default, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders will, declare the principal of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon such declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately.  The Trustee will have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers, in good faith, determines acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders.

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding the foregoing, in case an Event of Default under clause (8) or (9) of Section 6.01(a) occurs with respect to the Issuer and is continuing, the principal of, and premium, if any, accrued and unpaid interest on all the then outstanding Notes will become immediately due and payable without further action or notice.

 

(c)                                  The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes written by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all Holders rescind an acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if (i) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (ii) all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of the principal of,

 

78

 

and premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes that have become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived.

 

Section 6.03                             Other Remedies.

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.  A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default will not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default.  All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

Section 6.04                            Waiver of Past Defaults.

 

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all Holders waive any existing Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default in the payment of the principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note held by a non-consenting Holder (including in connection with an Asset Disposition Offer or a Change of Control Offer); provided that, subject to Section 6.02, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration.  Upon any such waiver, such Default will cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom will be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver will extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 6.05                             Control by Majority.

 

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.  However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines in good faith is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of the Notes or the Note Guarantee or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability or expense for which the Trustee has not received an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it.

 

Section 6.06                             Limitation on Suits.

 

Subject to Section 6.07, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

 

(1)                                 such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

(2)                                 the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

(3)                                 such Holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

 

79

 

(4)                                 the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

 

(5)                                 the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

 

A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.

 

Section 6.07                             Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or premium, if any, interest on, its Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in such Note (including in connection with an Asset Disposition Offer or a Change of Control Offer), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, will not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

Section 6.08                             Collection Suit by Trustee.

 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer and any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on, the Notes, together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as will be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel.

 

Section 6.09                             Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

 

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders will be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders will continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted.

 

Section 6.10                             Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

 

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy are, to the extent permitted by law, cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, will not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

Section 6.11                             Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

 

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default will impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein.  Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law

 

80

 

to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

 

Section 6.12                             Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

 

The Trustee may file proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes including the Guarantors), its creditors or its property and is entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims.  Any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee will consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07.  To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 out of the estate in any such proceeding, will be denied for any reason, payment of the same will be secured by a Lien on, and will be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.  Nothing herein contained will be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

Section 6.13                             Priorities.

 

If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it will pay out the money in the following order:

 

(1)                                 to the Trustee and its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07, including payment of all reasonable compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

 

(2)                                 to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on, the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and

 

(3)                                 to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction will direct, including a Guarantor, if applicable.

 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.13.  Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this Section 6.13, the Trustee will cause notice of such record date and payment date to be given to the Issuer and to each Holder in the manner set forth in Section 14.02.

 

81

 

Section 6.14                             Undertaking for Costs.

 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant.  This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.01                             Duties of Trustee.

 

(a)                                 If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

 

(b)                                 Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

(1)                                 the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations will be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

(2)                                 in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture.  However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

 

(c)                                  The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(1)                                 this paragraph does not limit the effect of Section 7.01(b);

 

(2)                                 the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

(3)                                 the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05.

 

(d)                                 Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to Sections 7.01(a), (b) and (c).

 

82

 

(e)                                  The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

 

(f)                                   The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer.  Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

Section 7.02                             Rights of Trustee.

 

(a)                                 The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person.  The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee will determine in good faith to make such further inquiry or investigation, it will be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and will incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

 

(b)                                 Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both subject to the other provisions of this Indenture.  The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.  The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

(c)                                  The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.

 

(d)                                 The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

 

(e)                                  Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer or a Guarantor will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer or such Guarantor.

 

(f)                                   None of the provisions of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it will have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it.

 

(g)                                  The Trustee will not be deemed to have notice or knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or an Event of Default is received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the existence of a Default or Event of Default, the Notes and this Indenture.

 

(h)                                 In no event will the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

83

 

(i)                                     The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and will be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

 

(j)                                    In the event the Issuer is required to pay Additional Interest, the Issuer will provide written notice to the Trustee of the Issuer’s obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than 15 days prior to the next Interest Payment Date, which notice will set forth the amount of the Additional Interest to be paid by the Issuer.  The Trustee will not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holders to determine whether the Additional Interest is payable and the amount thereof.

 

(k)                                 The Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any Person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

 

(l)                                     The Trustee will not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

 

(m)                             The permissive rights of the Trustee enumerated herein shall not be construed as duties.

 

Section 7.03                             Individual Rights of Trustee.

 

The Trustee or any Agent in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee or such Agent.  However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest within the meaning of Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b) it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act) or resign.  Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties.  The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

 

Section 7.04                             Trustee’s Disclaimer.

 

The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it will not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication on the Notes.

 

Section 7.05                             Notice of Defaults.

 

If a Default or an Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if, in accordance with Section 7.02(g), it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee will mail to each Holder a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs unless such Default or Event of Default shall have been cured or waived.  Except in the case of an Event of Default specified in clauses (1) or (2) of Section 6.01(a), the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default if and so long as a committee of Responsible Officers of the Trustee determines in good faith that withholding the notice is in the interest of the Holders.

 

84

 

Section 7.06                             Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.

 

(a)                                 Within 60 days after each April 15, beginning with the April 15 following the Issue Date, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee will mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted).  The Trustee also will comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2).  The Trustee will also transmit by mail all reports as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c).

 

(b)                                 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders will be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the SEC and each national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d).  The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee in writing in the event the Notes are listed or delisted on any national securities exchange or delisted therefrom.

 

Section 7.07                             Compensation and Indemnity.

 

(a)                                 The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties will agree in writing from time to time.  The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.  The Issuer will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services.  Such expenses will include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.  The Trustee will provide the Issuer reasonable notice of any expenditure not in the ordinary course of business.

 

(b)                                 The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee for, and hold each of the Trustee and any predecessor harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer or any Guarantor (including this Section 7.07)) or defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder).  The Trustee will notify the Issuer promptly of any claim of which a Responsible Officer has received written notice for which it may seek indemnity.  Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer will not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder.  The Issuer will defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel.  The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith. In addition, the Issuer need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(c)                                  The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

 

(d)                                 To secure the payment obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes.  Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

85

 

(e)                                  When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(8) or (9) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

Section 7.08                             Replacement of Trustee.

 

(a)                                 A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.  The Trustee may resign in writing at any time by giving 30 days prior notice of such resignation to the Issuer and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer.  The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing.  The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:

 

(1)                                 the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

 

(2)                                 the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

(3)                                 a receiver or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

(4)                                 the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

 

(b)                                 If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer will promptly appoint a successor Trustee.  Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the successor Trustee to replace it with another successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

 

(c)                                  If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Issuer’s expense), the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(d)                                 If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(e)                                  A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer.  Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture.  The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders.  The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided that all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and such transfer will be subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07.  Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

(f)                                   As used in this Section 7.08, the term “Trustee” will also include each Agent.

 

86

 

Section 7.09                             Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

 

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation or national banking association, the successor corporation or national banking association without any further act will be the successor Trustee, subject to Section 7.10.

 

Section 7.10                             Eligibility; Disqualification.

 

(a)                                 There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation or national banking association organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

 

(b)                                 This Indenture will always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5).  The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b).

 

Section 7.11                             Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer.

 

The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act Section 311(b).  A Trustee who has resigned or been removed will be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

Section 8.01                             Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 applied to this Indenture and all outstanding Notes and the Note Guarantees upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

 

Section 8.02                             Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

 

(a)                                 Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer and the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be deemed to have been automatically released from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (“Legal Defeasance”).  For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all of its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture, including that of the Guarantors (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, will execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

 

(1)                                 the rights of Holders to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes when such payments are due, solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture referred to in Section 8.04;

 

87

 

(2)                                 the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for Note payments held in trust;

 

(3)                                 the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and

 

(4)                                 this Section 8.02.

 

(b)                                 Following the Issuer’s exercise of its Legal Defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default.

 

(c)                                  Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03.

 

Section 8.03                             Covenant Defeasance.

 

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer and the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Article 3 and Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16,  and clauses (4) and (5) of Section 5.01(a) with respect to the outstanding Notes, and the Guarantors will be deemed to have been automatically released from their obligations with respect to all Note Guarantees, on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (“Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes).  For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to this Indenture and the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes will be unaffected thereby.  In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, Sections 6.01(a)(3) (that resulted solely from the failure of the Issuer to comply with Section 5.01(a)(4)), 6.01(a)(4) (only with respect to covenants that are released as a result of such Covenant Defeasance), 6.01(a)(5) (only with respect to covenants that are released as a result of such Covenant Defeasance), 6.01(a)(6), 6.01(a)(7), 6.01(a)(8) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries or a group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), 6.01(a)(9) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries or a group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) and 6.01(a)(10), in each case, will not constitute an Event of Default.

 

Section 8.04                             Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

 

(a)                                 The following will be the conditions to the exercise of either the Legal Defeasance option under Section 8.02 or the Covenant Defeasance option under Section 8.03 with respect to the Notes:

 

88

 

(1)                                 the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, as confirmed, certified or attested by an Independent Financial Advisor in writing to the Trustee, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest due on, the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

 

(2)                                 in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,

 

(A)                               the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

 

(B)                               since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

 

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(3)                                 in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(4)                                 no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Senior Credit Facility or any other material agreement or material instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;

 

(5)                                 the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer, any Guarantor or others;

 

(6)                                 the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with; and

 

(7)                                 the Issuer shall have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be (which instructions may be contained in the Officers’ Certificate referred to in clause (6) above).

 

89

 

Section 8.05                             Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

(a)                                 Subject to Section 8.06, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.04 in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer or a Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(b)                                 The Issuer will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders.

 

(c)                                  Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a)), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

Section 8.06                             Repayment to the Issuer.

 

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable will be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be published once, in The New York Times or The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer.

 

Section 8.07                             Reinstatement.

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be; provided that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

90

 

ARTICLE 9

 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

Section 9.01                             Without Consent of Holders.

 

(a)                                 Notwithstanding Section 9.02, without the consent of any Holder, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees to:

 

(1)                                 cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

 

(2)                                 provide for the assumption by a successor entity of the obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under Section 5.01;

 

(3)                                 provide for or facilitate the issuance of uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code;

 

(4)                                 comply with the rules of any applicable securities depositary;

 

(5)                                 add Guarantors with respect to the Notes or release a Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee or this Indenture in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

 

(6)                                 secure the Notes and the Note Guarantees;

 

(7)                                 add covenants of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or Events of Default for the benefit of or to make changes that would provide additional rights to the Holders, or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor;

 

(8)                                 make any change that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any Holder;

 

(9)                                 comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with any required qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

 

(10)                          evidence and provide for the appointment and acceptance of an appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee; provided that the successor Trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of this Indenture;

 

(11)                          conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees to any provision of the “Description of notes” section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in such “Description of notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees;

 

(12)                          make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to, or providing for, the issuance, transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes, Exchange Notes, or if Incurred in Compliance with this Indenture, Additional Notes, and in each case, the related Guarantees; provided, however, that (A) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being issued or transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable

 

91

 

securities law and (B) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes.

 

(b)                                 Upon the request of the Issuer, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 12.04, the Trustee will join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel will be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit B, and delivery of an Officers’ Certificate, except as provided in Section 5.01(c).

 

Section 9.02                             With Consent of Holders.

 

(a)                                 Except as provided in Section 9.01, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and any Note Guarantee with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any)), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with the purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any)).  Section 2.08 and Section 2.09 will determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section 9.02.

 

(b)                                 Upon the request of the Issuer, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 and Section 12.04, the Trustee will join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.

 

(c)                                  It will not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver.  It will be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

(d)                                 After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer will mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver.  Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

(e)                                  Without the consent of each affected Holder, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not:

 

92

 

(1)                                 reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 

(2)                                 reduce the stated rate of interest or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any Note;

 

(3)                                 reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Note;

 

(4)                                 waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes with respect to a nonpayment default and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

 

(5)                                 reduce the premium payable upon the redemption or repurchase of any Note or change the time at which any Note may be redeemed or repurchased as described in Article 3, and Sections 4.10 and 4.14 whether through an amendment or waiver of provisions in the covenants, definitions or otherwise (except amendments to the definitions of “Change of Control”);

 

(6)                                 make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note;

 

(7)                                 impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

 

(8)                                 make any change in the amendment provisions which require each Holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions;

 

(9)                                 modify the Guarantees of any Guarantors that is a Significant Subsidiary in any manner materially adverse to the Holders; or

 

(10)                          release any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary from any of the obligations under its Note Guarantee on this Indenture, except in compliance with the terms hereof.

 

(f)                                   A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver of this Indenture, the Notes or any Note Guarantee by any Holder given in connection with a tender of such Holder’s Notes will not be rendered invalid by such tender.

 

Section 9.03                             Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

 

If this Indenture is qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

 

Section 9.04                             Revocation and Effect of Consents.

 

(a)                                 Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note.  However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective.  An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

 

93

 

(b)                                 The Issuer may, but will not be obligated to, fix a record date pursuant to Section 1.05 for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the provisions of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date.

 

Section 9.05                             Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

 

(a)                                 The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated.  The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee will, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

(b)                                 Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Section 9.06                             Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

 

The Trustee will sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee.  In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee will receive and (subject to Section 7.01) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and any Guarantor party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03).

 

ARTICLE 10

 

GUARANTEES

 

Section 10.01                      Guarantee.

 

(a)                                 Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees, on a senior unsecured basis, to each Holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that: (1) the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other Obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or under the Notes will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.  Failing payment by the Issuer when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately.  Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

 

(b)                                 The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder will be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the

 

94

 

absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.  Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture, or pursuant to Section 10.06.

 

(c)                                  Each of the Guarantors also agrees, jointly and severally, to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01.

 

(d)                                 If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.

 

(e)                                  Each Guarantor agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee.  The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantees.

 

(f)                                   Each Note Guarantee will remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation or reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or the Note Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made.  In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

 

(g)                                  In case any provision of any Note Guarantee will be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

(h)                                 Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Note Guarantee will be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

 

Section 10.02                      Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

 

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent conveyance or a fraudulent transfer for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent

 

95

 

Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee.  To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law.  Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Note Guarantee will be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Section 10.03                      Execution and Delivery.

 

(a)                                 To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, on the Issue Date each initial Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its Officer or person holding an equivalent title.

 

(b)                                 Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Note Guarantee on the Notes.

 

(c)                                  If an Officer of a Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor will be valid nevertheless.

 

(d)                                 The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

 

(e)                                  If required by Section 4.15, the Issuer will cause any newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.15 and this Article 10, to the extent applicable.

 

Section 10.04                      Subrogation.

 

Each Guarantor will be subrogated to all rights of Holders against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.01; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor will be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes will have been paid in full.

 

Section 10.05                      Benefits Acknowledged.

 

Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the Guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Note Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

96

 

Section 10.06                      Release of Note Guarantees.

 

(a)                                 A Guarantor and its Note Guarantee will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by such Guarantor, the Issuer or the Trustee will be required for the release of such Guarantor or its Note Guarantee, upon:

 

(1)                                 (A) (i)  any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, exchange or other disposition (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) the sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, exchange or other disposition (other than by lease) of all or substantially all the assets of such Guarantor to a Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (whether or not such Guarantor is the Surviving Person of such transaction); provided that (x) such disposition is made in compliance with Section 4.10 (it being understood that only such portion of the Net Available Cash as is required to be applied on or before the date of such release in accordance with Section 4.10 needs to be applied in accordance therewith at such time) and Article 5 and (y) all the obligations of such Guarantor under all Indebtedness of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries terminate upon consummation of such transaction;

 

(B)                               the release or discharge of such Guarantor from its Guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries under the Senior Credit Facility (including by reason of the termination of the Senior Credit Facility) and all other Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and/or the Guarantee that resulted in the obligation of such Guarantor to Guarantee the Notes, if such Guarantor would not then otherwise be required to Guarantee the Notes pursuant to this Indenture, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such Guarantee; provided that if such Person has Incurred any Indebtedness in reliance on its status as a Guarantor under Section 4.09, such Guarantor’s obligations under such Indebtedness so Incurred are satisfied in full and discharged or are otherwise permitted to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) under Section 4.09;

 

(C)                               the proper designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

 

(D)                               the Issuer exercising its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 or the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; and

 

(2)                                 the Issuer delivering to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction and/or release have been complied with.

 

(b)                                 At the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee will execute and deliver any documents reasonably required in order to evidence such release, discharge and termination in respect of the applicable Note Guarantee.

 

97

 

ARTICLE 11

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

Section 11.01                      Satisfaction and Discharge.

 

(a)                                 This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes (except for certain obligations that, by their express terms, survive), when either:

 

(1)                                 all Notes that have been authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust), have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(2)                                 (A) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the giving of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or may be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee, as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, as confirmed, certified or attested to by an Independent Financial Advisor in writing to the Trustee, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for the principal of, and premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

 

(B) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of any such deposit or will occur contemporaneously with such deposit as a result of the deposit (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowing) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Senior Credit Facility or any other material agreement or material instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;

 

(C) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid or otherwise made to the satisfaction of the Trustee, provision for the payment of, all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and

 

(D) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

 

(b)                                  In addition, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.  Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money will have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (A) of clause (2) of Section 13.01(a), the provisions of Section 13.02 and Section 8.06 will survive such satisfaction and discharge.

 

98

 

Section 11.02                      Application of Trust Money.

 

(a)                                 Subject to the provisions of Section 8.05, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 will be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal, premium, if any, and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(b)                                 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent, as the case may be.

 

ARTICLE 12

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 12.01                      Trust Indenture Act Controls.

 

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Trust Indenture Act Section 318(c) in respect of Sections of the Trust Indenture Act that are incorporated by reference in this Indenture pursuant to Section 1.04, the imposed duties will control.

 

Section 12.02                      Notices.

 

(a)                                 Any notice or communication to the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee is duly given if in writing and (1) delivered in person, (2) mailed by first-class mail (certified or registered, return receipt requested), postage prepaid, or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery or (3) sent by facsimile or electronic transmission, to its address:

 

if to the Issuer or any Guarantor:

 

c/o Rent-A-Center, Inc.
 5501 Headquarters Drive

 

Plano, Texas 75024
 Fax No.: (972) 943 - 0116
 Attention: General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

 

with a copy to:
 Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.
 2200 Ross Avenue, Suite 2800

 

Dallas, Texas 75201
 Fax No: (214) 855 - 8200
 Attention: Thomas W. Hughes

 

99

 

if to the Trustee:

 

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

601 Travis, 16th Floor

Houston  TX, 77002

Fax No.: (713) 483 - 6954

Attention: Corporate Trust

 

The Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by like notice, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

(b)           All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if mailed by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; when receipt acknowledged, if sent by facsimile or electronic transmission; provided that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee will be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof.

 

(c)           Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first-class mail (certified or registered, return receipt requested) or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the Note Register or by such other delivery system as the Trustee agrees to accept.  Any notice or communication will also be so mailed to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act.  Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

 

(d)           Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver will be the equivalent of such notice.  Waivers of notice by Holders will be filed with the Trustee, but such filing will not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

 

(e)           Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption) to a Holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to DTC or any other applicable Depositary for such Note (or its designee), pursuant to the applicable procedures of DTC or such Depositary, if any, prescribed for the giving of such notice.

 

(f)            The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, pdf, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods, provided, however, that the Trustee shall have received an incumbency certificate listing persons designated to give such instructions or directions and containing specimen signatures of such designated persons, which such incumbency certificate shall be amended and replaced whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing.  If the Issuer elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The Issuer agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk or interception and misuse by third parties, provided that the Trustee has taken and maintains

 

100

 

commercially reasonable efforts and controls to safeguard the use and access of information and materials so transmitted to and by it.

 

(g)           If a notice or communication is sent in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

(h)           If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

 

Section 12.03                      Communication by Holders with Other Holders.

 

Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes.  The Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else will have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c).

 

Section 12.04                      Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

 

Upon any request or application by the Issuer or any Guarantor to the Trustee to take any action or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, will furnish to the Trustee:

 

(a)           an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which will include the statements set forth in Section 12.05) stating that, in the opinion of the signer(s), all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

 

(b)           an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which will include the statements set forth in Section 12.05) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with; provided that (1) subject to Section 5.01(c), no Opinion of Counsel will be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit C and (2) no Opinion of Counsel pursuant to this Section will be required in connection with the issuance of Notes on the Issue Date.

 

Section 12.05                      Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.04 or Trust Indenture Act Section 314(a)(4)) will include:

 

(1)       a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(2)       a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(3)       a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officers’ Certificate as to matters of fact); and

 

101

 

(4)       a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

Section 12.06                      Rules by Trustee and Agents.

 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders.  The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

 

Section 12.07                      No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Members, Partners and Stockholders.

 

No past, present or future manager, director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner, or stockholder or other owner of equity interests of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, as such shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantors under the Notes, the Note Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation.

 

Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

Section 12.08                     Governing Law.

 

THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY NOTE GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Section 12.09                      Waiver of Jury Trial.

 

EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS, THE TRUSTEE AND EACH HOLDER OF A NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE THEREOF HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

Section 12.10                      Force Majeure.

 

In no event will the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee will use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

Section 12.11                      No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person.  Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

102

 

Section 12.12                      Successors.

 

All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors.  All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.06.

 

Section 12.13                      Severability.

 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes will be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 12.14                      Counterpart Originals.

 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture.  Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Indenture by telecopier, facsimile, email or other electronic transmission ( i.e., a “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Indenture.

 

Section 12.15                      Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

Section 12.16                      U.S.A. PATRIOT Act.

 

The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act, the Trustee is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee.  The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as is reasonably requested by the Trustee in order for the Trustee to comply with the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act.

 

Section 12.17                      Payments Due on Non-Business Days.

 

In any case where any Interest Payment Date, redemption date or repurchase date or the Stated Maturity of the Notes will not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Notes) payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, redemption date or repurchase date, or at the Stated Maturity of the Notes, provided that no interest will accrue for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, redemption date, repurchase date or Stated Maturity, as the case may be.

 

Section 12.18                      Qualification of Indenture.

 

The Issuer and the Guarantors will qualify this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and will pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, reasonable costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes.  The Trustee will be entitled to receive from the Issuer and the Guarantors any such Officers’

 

103

 

Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

[Signatures on following page]

 

104

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
RENT-A-CENTER, INC.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Robert D.   Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    	
Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    	
Executive Vice President – Finance,   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
ColorTyme, Inc.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Robert D.   Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    	
Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    	
Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
ColorTyme   Finance, Inc.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Robert D.   Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    	
Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    	
Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Rainbow   Rentals, Inc.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Robert D.   Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    	
Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    	
Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
RAC   National Product Service, LLC
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Robert D.   Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    	
Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    	
Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Remco   America, Inc.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Robert D.   Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    	
Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    	
Treasurer
    

 

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
Rent-A-Center   Addison, L.L.C.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Robert D.   Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    	
Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    	
Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Rent-A-Center   East, Inc.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Robert D.   Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    	
Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    	
Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Rent-A-Center   International, Inc.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Robert D.   Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    	
Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    	
Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Rent-A-Center   Texas, L.P.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Robert D.   Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    	
Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    	
Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Rent-A-Center   Texas, L.L.C.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Robert D.   Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    	
Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    	
Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Rent-A-Center   West, Inc.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Robert D.   Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    	
Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    	
Treasurer
    

 

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
Get   It Now, LLC
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Robert D.   Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    	
Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    	
Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
RAC   Acceptance East, LLC
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Robert D.   Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    	
Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    	
Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
RAC   Acceptance Texas, LLC
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Robert D.   Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    	
Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    	
Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
RAC   Acceptance West, LLC
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Robert D.   Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    	
Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    	
Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
The   Rental Store, Inc.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Robert D.   Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    	
Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    	
Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
RAC   Mexico Holdings I, LLC
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Robert D.   Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    	
Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    	
Treasurer
    

 

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
RAC   Mexico Holdings II, LLC
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Robert D.   Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    	
Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    	
Treasurer
    

 

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST   COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
/s/ Julie H. Ramos
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    	
Julie   Hoffman-Ramos
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    	
Vice   President 
    

 

 

APPENDIX A

 

PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL NOTES AND
 ADDITIONAL NOTES AND EXCHANGE NOTES

 

Section 1.1             Definitions.

 

(a)  Capitalized Terms.

 

Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Appendix A have the meanings given to them in this Indenture.  The following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

 

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Regulation S Global Note or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depositary for such Global Note, Euroclear and Clearstream, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.

 

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme, or any successor securities clearing agency.

 

“Distribution Compliance Period”, with respect to any Note, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (a) the day on which such Note is first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S, notice of which day will be promptly given by the Issuer to the Trustee, and (b) the date of issuance with respect to such Note or any predecessor of such Note.

 

“Euroclear” means the Euroclear Clearance System or any successor securities clearing agency.

 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“Unrestricted Global Note” means any Note in global form that does not bear or is not required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

 

“U.S. person” means a “U.S. person” as defined in Regulation S.

 

(b) Other Definitions.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

	
Term:
    	
 
    	
Defined in Section:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Agent Members”
    	
 
    	
2.1(c)
    
	
“Automatic Exchange”
    	
 
    	
2.3(j)
    
	
“Automatic Exchange Date”
    	
 
    	
2.3(j)
    
	
“Automatic Exchange Notice”
    	
 
    	
2.3(j)
    
	
“Automatic Exchange Notice Date”
    	
 
    	
2.3(j)
    
	
“Definitive Notes Legend”
    	
 
    	
2.3(e)
    

 

 

	
“Global Notes”
    	
 
    	
2.1(b)
    
	
“Global Notes Legend”
    	
 
    	
2.3(e)
    
	
“Regulation S Global Note”
    	
 
    	
2.1(b)
    
	
“Regulation S Notes”
    	
 
    	
2.1(a)
    
	
“Restricted Notes Legend”
    	
 
    	
2.3(e)
    
	
“Rule 144A Notes”
    	
 
    	
2.1(a)
    
	
“Rule 144A Global Note”
    	
 
    	
2.1(b)
    

 

Section 2.1             Form and Dating

 

(a)  The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof will be (i) offered and sold by the Issuer to the Initial Purchasers and (ii) resold, initially only to (1) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A (“Rule 144A Notes”) and (2) Persons other than U.S. persons in reliance on Regulation S (“Regulation S Notes”).  Such Initial Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs and purchasers in reliance on Regulation S.

 

(b)  Global Notes.  Rule 144A Notes will be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in definitive, fully registered form, numbered A-1 upward (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Note”) and Regulation S Notes will be issued initially in the form of one or more global Notes, numbered S-1 upward (collectively, the “Regulation S Global Note”), in each case without interest coupons and bearing the Global Notes Legend and Restricted Notes Legend, which will be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Custodian, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in this Indenture.  Beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note will not be exchangeable for interests in the Rule 144A Global Note, the Global Note or any other Note without a Restricted Notes Legend until the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period.  The Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note and any Unrestricted Global Note are each referred to herein as a “Global Note” and are collectively referred to herein as “Global Notes.”  Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each will provide that it will represent up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions.  Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 of this Indenture and Section 2.3(c) of this Appendix A.

 

(c)  Book-Entry Provisions.  This Section 2.1(c) will apply only to a Global Note deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary.

 

The Issuer will execute and the Trustee will, in accordance with this Section 2.1(c) and Section 2.2 of this Appendix A and pursuant to an order of the Issuer signed by one Officer of the Issuer, authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Notes that (i) will be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Note or Global Notes or the nominee of such Depositary and (ii) will be delivered by the Trustee to such Depositary or pursuant to such Depositary’s instructions or held by the Trustee as Custodian.

 

Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) will have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the

 

A-2

 

Trustee as Custodian or under such Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein will prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

 

(d)  Definitive Notes.  Except as provided in Section 2.3 or 2.4 of this Appendix A, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated Notes.

 

Section 2.2             Authentication.

 

The Trustee will authenticate and make available for delivery upon a written order of the Issuer signed by one Officer of the Issuer (a) Initial Notes for original issue on the date hereof in an aggregate principal amount of $250,000,000 and (b) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Notes, (c) the Exchange Notes for issue only in an Exchange Offer and pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and for a like principal amount of Initial Notes exchanged pursuant thereto and (d) any other Unrestricted Global Notes issued in exchange for any of the foregoing in accordance with this Indenture.  Such order will specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Additional Notes or Exchange Notes or other Unrestricted Global Notes.

 

Section 2.3             Transfer and Exchange.

 

(a)  Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes.  When Definitive Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request:

 

(i)  to register the transfer of such Definitive Notes; or

 

(ii)  to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal amount of Definitive Notes of other authorized denominations,

 

the Registrar will register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Definitive Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange:

 

(1)  will be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing; and

 

(2)  in the case of Transfer Restricted Notes, are accompanied by the following additional information and documents, as applicable:

 

(A)  if such Definitive Notes are being delivered to the Registrar by a Holder for registration in the name of such Holder, without transfer, a certification from such Holder to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Initial Note); or

 

(B)  if such Definitive Notes are being transferred to the Issuer, a certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Initial Note); or

 

A-3

 

(C)  if such Definitive Notes are being transferred pursuant to an exemption from registration in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act or in reliance upon another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, (x) a certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Initial Note) and (y) if the Issuer so requests, an opinion of counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to them as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the applicable legends set forth in Section 2.3(e)(i) of this Appendix A.

 

(b)  Restrictions on Transfer of a Definitive Note for a Beneficial Interest in a Global Note.  A Definitive Note may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below.  Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Definitive Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the Registrar, together with:

 

(i) (A)  certification (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Initial Note) that such Definitive Note is being transferred (1) to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, or (2) outside the United States of America in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S and in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act or (B) such other certification and opinion of counsel as the Issuer will require; and

 

(ii) written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books and records with respect to such Global Note to reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented by the Global Note, such instructions to contain information regarding the Depositary account to be credited with such increase,

 

the Trustee will cancel such Definitive Note and cause, or direct the Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Global Note to be increased by the aggregate principal amount of the Definitive Note to be exchanged and will credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Global Note equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Note so canceled.  If no Global Notes are then outstanding and the Global Note has not been previously exchanged for certificated securities pursuant to Section 2.4 of this Appendix A, the Issuer will issue and the Trustee will authenticate, upon written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, a new Global Note in the appropriate principal amount.

 

(c)  Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes.  (i)  The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with this Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the Depositary therefor.  A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note will deliver a written order given in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in such Global Note or another Global Note and such account will be credited in accordance with such order with a beneficial interest in the applicable Global Note and the account of the Person making the transfer will be debited by an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred.  Transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through the Regulation S Global Note, whether before or after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, will be made only upon receipt by the Trustee of a certification in the form provided on the reverse side of the Initial Notes from the transferor to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Regulation S, Rule 144 (if available), or another applicable exemption from registration under the Securities Act, and that, if such transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Distribution

 

A-4

 

Compliance Period, the interest transferred will be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream.

 

(ii)  If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Registrar will reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be so transferred, and the Registrar will reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interest is being transferred.

 

(iii)  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix A (other than the provisions set forth in Section 2.4 of this Appendix A), a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.

 

(iv)  In the event that a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes pursuant to Section 2.4 of this Appendix A prior to the consummation of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Notes, such Notes may be exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.3 (including the certification requirements set forth on the reverse of the Initial Notes intended to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A, Regulation S or such other applicable exemption from registration under the Securities Act, as the case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Issuer.

 

(d)  Restrictions on Transfer of Regulation S Global Note.  (i) Prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, (1) the Regulation S Global Note will be a temporary global security for purposes of Rules 903 and 904 under the Securities Act, whether or not designated as such on the face of such Note, and (2) interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be held through Euroclear or Clearstream.  During the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be sold, pledged or transferred through Euroclear or Clearstream in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and only (1) to the Issuer, (2) so long as such Note is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a person whom the selling holder reasonably believes is a QIB that purchases for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the resale, pledge or transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (3) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Regulation S, (4) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144 (if applicable) or another available exemption, (5) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States of America.  Prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through the Rule 144A Global Note will be made only in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and upon receipt by the Trustee of a written certification from the transferor of the beneficial interest in the form provided on the reverse side of the Initial Notes to the effect that such transfer is being made to (1) a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A. Such written certification will no longer be required after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period.

 

(ii)  Upon the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note will be transferable in accordance with applicable law and the other terms of this Indenture.

 

A-5

 

(iii) Upon the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may be exchanged for beneficial interests in a permanent Regulation S Global Note that is an Unrestricted Global Note upon certification in the form provided on the reverse side of the Initial Notes to the effect that such beneficial interests are owned either by non-U.S. persons or by U.S. persons who purchased those interests pursuant to an exemption from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.  If no such Regulation S Global Note that is an Unrestricted Global Note is then outstanding, the Issuer will issue and the Trustee will authenticate, upon written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, a new Global Note in the appropriate principal amount.

 

(e)  Legends.

 

(i)  Except as permitted by this Section 2.3(e), each Note certificate evidencing the Global Notes and the Definitive Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) will bear a legend in substantially the following form (each defined term in the legend being defined as such for purposes of the legend only) (“Restricted Notes Legend”):

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY),] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S], ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE

 

A-6

 

EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.  [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]

 

BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY, THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OF A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OR (2) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS.

 

Each Definitive Note will bear the following additional legend (“Definitive Notes Legend”):

 

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 

Each Global Note will bear the following additional legend (“Global Notes Legend”):

 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL

 

A-7

 

INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY WILL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY WILL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

 

(ii)  Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note that is a Definitive Note, the Registrar will permit the Holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a Definitive Note that does not bear the legends set forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note if the Holder certifies in writing to the Registrar that its request for such exchange was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Initial Notes).

 

(iii)  After a transfer of any Initial Notes or Additional Notes during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Initial Notes or Additional Notes, as the case may be, all requirements pertaining to the Restricted Notes Legend on such Initial Notes or Additional Notes will cease to apply and the requirements that any such Initial Notes or Additional Notes be issued in global form will continue to apply.

 

(iv)  Upon the consummation of an Exchange Offer with respect to the Initial Notes or Additional Notes pursuant to which Holders of such Initial Notes or Additional Notes are offered Exchange Notes in exchange for their Initial Notes or Additional Notes, all requirements pertaining to Initial Notes or Additional Notes that Initial Notes or Additional Notes be issued in global form will continue to apply, and Exchange Notes in global form without the Restricted Notes Legend will be available to Holders that exchange such Initial Notes or Additional Notes in such Exchange Offer.

 

(v)  Upon a sale or transfer after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period of any Initial Note or Additional Note acquired pursuant to Regulation S, all requirements that such Initial Note or Additional Note bear the Restricted Notes Legend will cease to apply and the requirements requiring any such Initial Note or Additional Note be issued in global form will continue to apply.

 

(vi)  Any Additional Notes sold in a registered offering will not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

 

(f)  Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note.  At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note will be returned by the Depositary to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee.  At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced and an adjustment will be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Custodian, to reflect such reduction.

 

A-8

 

(g)  Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes.

 

(i)  To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer will execute and the Trustee will authenticate, Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request.

 

(ii) No service charge will be made for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 of this Indenture).

 

(iii)  Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar  will be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(iv)  All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture will evidence the same debt and will be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

 

(h)  No Obligation of the Trustee.

 

(i)  The Trustee will have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depositary or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes.  All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes will be given or made only to the registered Holders (which will be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note).  The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note will be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary.  The Trustee may rely and will be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

 

(ii)  The Trustee will have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

(i)  Exchange Offer.  Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 of this Indenture, the Trustee will authenticate (i) one or more Global Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amounts of the beneficial interests in the Global Notes tendered for acceptance by

 

A-9

 

Persons that provide in the applicable letters of transmittal such certifications as are required by the Registration Rights Agreement and applicable law, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Definitive Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that provide in the applicable letters of transmittal such certification as are required by the Registration Rights Agreement and applicable law, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer.  Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Notes with the Restricted Notes Legend to be reduced accordingly, and the Issuer will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and mail to the Persons designated by the Holders of the Definitive Notes so accepted Definitive Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in the applicable principal amount.  Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, will be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture.

 

(j)            Automatic Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Global Note that is a Transfer Restricted Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note.  Upon the Issuer’s satisfaction that the Restricted Notes Legend will no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, beneficial interests in a Global Note that is a Transfer Restricted Note may be automatically exchanged into beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note without any action required by or on behalf of the Holder (the “Automatic Exchange”) at any time on or after the date that is the 366th calendar day after (1) with respect to any Note issued on the Issue Date, the later of (x) the Issue Date and (y) the last date on which the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer was the owner of such Note or (2) with respect to any Additional Note, if any, the later of (x) the issue date of such Additional Note and (y) the last date on which the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer was the owner of such Note, or, in each case, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (the “Automatic Exchange Date”).  Upon the Issuer’s satisfaction that the Restricted Notes Legend will no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, the Issuer may (A) provide written notice to the Trustee at least ten calendar days prior to the Automatic Exchange, instructing the Trustee to direct the Depositary to exchange all of the outstanding beneficial interests in a particular Global Note that is a Transfer Restricted Note to the Unrestricted Global Note, which the Issuer will have previously otherwise made eligible for exchange with the DTC, (B) provide prior written notice (the “Automatic Exchange Notice”) to each Holder at such Holder’s address appearing in the Note Register at least ten calendar days prior to the Automatic Exchange (the “Automatic Exchange Notice Date”), which notice must include (I) the Automatic Exchange Date, (II) the section of the Indenture pursuant to which the Automatic Exchange will occur, (III) the “CUSIP” number of the Global Note that is a Transfer Restricted Note from which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred and (IV) the “CUSIP” number of the Unrestricted Global Note into which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred, and (C) on or prior to the date of the Automatic Exchange, deliver to the Trustee for authentication one or more Unrestricted Global Notes, duly executed by the Issuer, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Global Notes that are Transfer Restricted Notes to be exchanged.  At the Issuer’s request on no less than five calendar days’ notice, the Trustee will deliver, in the Issuer’s name and at its expense, the Automatic Exchange Notice (which will be prepared by the Issuer) to each Holder at such Holder’s address appearing in the Note Register.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.3, during the ten-day period between the Automatic Exchange Notice Date and the Automatic Exchange Date, no transfers or exchanges other than pursuant to this Section 2.3(j) will be permitted without the prior written consent of the Issuer.  As a condition to any Automatic Exchange, the Issuer will provide, and the Trustee will be entitled to rely upon, an Officers’ Certificate in form reasonably acceptable to the

 

A-10

 

Trustee to the effect that the Automatic Exchange will be effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend will no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and that the aggregate principal amount of the particular Global Note that is a Transfer Restricted Note is to be transferred to the particular Unrestricted Global Note by adjustment made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary to reflect the Automatic Exchange.  The Issuer may request from Holders such information it reasonably determines is required in order to be able to deliver such Officers’ Certificate.  Upon such exchange of beneficial interests pursuant to this Section 2.3(j), the aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes will be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, to reflect the relevant increase or decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note resulting from the applicable exchange.  The Global Note that is a Transfer Restricted Note from which beneficial interests are transferred pursuant to an Automatic Exchange will be canceled following the Automatic Exchange.

 

Section 2.4                                      Definitive Notes.

 

(a)  A Global Note deposited with the Depositary or with the Trustee as Custodian pursuant to Section 2.1 or issued in connection with an Exchange Offer will be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with Section 2.3 of this Appendix A and (i) the Depositary notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a Depositary for such Global Note or if at any time the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and, in each case, a successor depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 90 days of such notice or after the Issuer becomes aware of such cessation, or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (iii) the Issuer, in its sole discretion and subject to the procedures of the Depository, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of certificated Notes under this Indenture.  In addition, any Affiliate of the Issuer or any Guarantor that is a beneficial owner of all or part of a Global Note may have such Affiliate’s beneficial interest transferred to such Affiliate in the form of a Definitive Note, by providing a written request to the Issuer and the Trustee and such Opinions of Counsel, certificates or other information as may be required by this Indenture or the Issuer or Trustee.

 

(b)  Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section 2.4 will be surrendered by the Depositary to the Trustee, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.  Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section will be executed, authenticated and delivered only in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof and registered in such names as the Depositary will direct.  Any certificated Initial Note or Additional Note in the form of a Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the Global Note will, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.3(e) of this Appendix A, bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

 

(c)  Subject to the provisions of Section 2.4(b) of this Appendix A, the registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

 

A-11

 

(d)  In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 2.4(a)(i), (ii) or (iii) of this Appendix A, the Issuer will promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes in fully registered form without interest coupons.

 

A-12

 

[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE]

 

[Insert the Restricted Notes Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

[Insert the Global Notes Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

[Insert the Definitive Notes Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

 

CUSIP [                     ]

ISIN [                     ]

 

 

[RULE 144A][REGULATION S] GLOBAL NOTE

 

4.75% Senior Notes due 2021

 

 

	
No.
    	
 
    	
$(                          )
    

 

 

RENT-A-CENTER, INC.

 

 

promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns the principal sum of [          ] Dollars ($            ), as revised by Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Notes, on May 1, 2021.

 

Interest Payment Dates:  May 1 and November 1

 

Record Dates:  April 15 and October 15

 

 

Reference is made to provisions of this Note set forth in the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as set forth at this place.

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefits under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof or be valid or obligatory for any purposes.

 

A-13

 

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

Dated:

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
RENT-A-CENTER, INC.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    

 

A-14

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST   COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Authorized Signatory
    

 

 

Dated:

 

A-15

 

[Reverse Side of Note]

 

4.75% Senior Notes due 2021

 

Capitalized terms used herein will have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

1.             INTEREST. Rent-A-Center, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 4.75% per annum from and including May 2, 2013 until maturity and will pay Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below.  The Issuer will pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and November 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”).  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including May 2, 2013; provided that the first Interest Payment Date will be November 1, 2013.  The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest, including Additional Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

2.             METHOD OF PAYMENT.  The Issuer will pay interest on the Notes to the Persons who are registered holders of Notes at the close of business on the April 15 or October 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding the related Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest.  The principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest and premium, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their respective addresses set forth in the Note Register; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal, premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent at least five Business Days prior to the applicable payment date.  Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

 

3.             PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR.  Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar.  The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders.  The Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

 

4.             INDENTURE.  The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of May 2, 2013 (the “Indenture”), among Rent-A-Center, Inc., the Guarantors named therein and the Trustee.  This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuer designated as its 4.75% Senior Notes due 2021.  The Issuer will be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 and 4.09 of the Indenture.  The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”).  The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of such terms.  To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture will govern and be controlling.

 

A-16

 

5.             REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE.  The Notes are subject to optional redemption, and may be the subject of an Offer to Purchase, as further described in the Indenture.  The Issuer will not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

6.             DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE.  The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.  The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture.  The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and Holders will be required to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.  The Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

 

8.             PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS.  The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

 

9.             AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER.  The Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

 

10.           DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES.  The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture.  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the rights and obligations of the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders will be as set forth in the applicable provisions of the Indenture.

 

11.           ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES.  In addition to the rights provided to Holders under the Indenture, Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes will have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2013, among the Issuer, the Guarantors named therein and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), including the right to receive Additional Interest.

 

12.           GOVERNING LAW.  THIS NOTE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

13.           CUSIP AND ISIN NUMBERS.  Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement.  Requests may be made to the Issuer at the following address:

 

c/o Rent-A-Center, Inc.

 

5501 Headquarters Drive

Plano, Texas 75024

Fax No.: (972)943-0116

Attention: General Counsel and Secretary

 

A-17

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

	
(I) or (we) assign and transfer   this Note to:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
(Insert   assignee’s legal name)
    
	
 
    
	
(Insert   assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
    
	
 
    
	
 
    
	
 
    
	
 
    
	
(Print or   type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
    
	
and irrevocably   appoint
    	
 
    
	
to transfer this   Note on the books of the Issuer.  The   agent may substitute another to act for him.
    
			

 

	
Date:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Your Signature:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
(Sign exactly as   your name appears on the face of this Note)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature Guarantee*:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
						

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-18

 

CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR
 REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES

 

Re:  Rent-A-Center, Inc. 4.75% Senior Notes due 2021 – CUSIP [          ]

 

Reference is hereby made to that certain Indenture dated as of May 2, 2013 (the “Indenture”), among Rent-A-Center, Inc. (the “Issuer”), the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”).  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

 

This certificate relates to $                   principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space)          book-entry or            definitive form by the undersigned.

 

The undersigned (check one box below):

 

o                                    has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above) in accordance with the Indenture; or

 

o                                    has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.

 

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the applicable holding period referred to in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

 

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

 

(1)                                  o            to the Issuer or subsidiary thereof; or

 

(2)                                  o            to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or

 

(3)                                  o            pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or

 

(4)                                  o            inside the United States of America to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A (“Rule 144A”) under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer and to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A; or

 

(5)                                  o            outside the United States of America in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933 in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933 (and if the transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, the Notes will be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream); or

 

(6)                                  o            pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933 or another available exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

A-19

 

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (4), (5), or (6) is checked, the Issuer or the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuer has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Your Signature
    

 

 

	
Signature Guarantee:
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

	
Date:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature must be guaranteed by a   participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature   guarantor acceptable to the Trustee
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Signature of Signature
   Guarantor
    

 

 

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

 

	
Dated:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOTICE:
    	
To be executed by

an executive officer
    

 

A-20

 

TO BE COMPLETED IF THE HOLDER REQUIRES AN EXCHANGE
 PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.3(d)(iii) OF APPENDIX A TO THE INDENTURE

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that either:

 

o                                    the undersigned is a non-U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended); or

 

o                                    the undersigned is a U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) who purchased interests in the Notes pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

	
Dated:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Signature
    

 

A-21

 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

 

o Section 4.10         o Section 4.14

 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

 

	
 
    	
$
    	
(integral   multiples of $1,000,
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
provided that the unpurchased
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
portion must be   in a minimum
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
principal amount   of $2,000)
    

 

	
Date:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Your Signature:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
(Sign exactly as   your name appears on the face of this Note)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Tax   Identification No.:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature   Guarantee*:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
							

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-22

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

 

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $                    .  The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

	
Date of
   Exchange
    	
 
    	
Amount of
   decrease
   in Principal
   Amount of the
   Global Note
    	
 
    	
Amount of increase
   in Principal
   Amount of this
   Global Note
    	
 
    	
Principal Amount
   of
   this Global Note
   following such
   decrease or
   increase
    	
 
    	
Signature of
   authorized
   signatory of
   Trustee or
   Custodian
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

*This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form

 

A-23

 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
 TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

 

Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of [                    ] [    ], 20[    ], among                          (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of [Name of Issuer], a [Delaware] corporation (the “Issuer”), and [Name of Trustee], as trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, each of the Issuer and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of May 2, 2013, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 4.75% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Notes”);

 

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will unconditionally Guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:

 

1.             Capitalized Terms.  Capitalized terms used herein without definition will have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

2.             Guarantor.  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to be a Guarantor under the Indenture and to be bound by the terms of the Indenture applicable to Guarantors, including Article 10 thereof.

 

3.             Governing Law.  THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

4.             Waiver of Jury Trial.  EACH OF THE GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

 

5.             Counterparts.  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.  Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Supplemental Indenture by telecopier, facsimile, email or other electronic transmission ( i.e ., a “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Supplemental Indenture.

 

B-1

 

6.             Headings.  The headings of the Sections of this Supplemental Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Supplemental Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

7.             The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Issuer.

 

B-2

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
[NAME OF GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
[NAME OF ISSUER]
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST   COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:Exhibit 4.2

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT dated May 2, 2013 (this “Agreement”) is entered into by and among Rent-A-Center, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the guarantors listed in Schedule 1 hereto (the “Initial Guarantors”), and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (“J.P. Morgan”), as representative of the several initial purchasers listed in Schedule 1 of the Purchase Agreement (collectively, the “Initial Purchasers”).

 

The Company, the Initial Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers are parties to the Purchase Agreement dated April 29, 2013 (the “Purchase Agreement”), which provides for the sale by the Company to the Initial Purchasers of $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 4.75% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Securities”) which will be guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by each of the Guarantors.  As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors have agreed to provide to the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees the registration rights set forth in this Agreement.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the closing under the Purchase Agreement.

 

In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                      Definitions.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

“Additional Guarantor” shall mean any subsidiary of the Company that executes a Guarantee under the Indenture after the date of this Agreement.

 

“Business Day” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed.

 

“Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include the Company’s successors.

 

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

“Exchange Dates” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(ii) hereof.

 

“Exchange Offer” shall mean the exchange offer by the Company and the Guarantors of Exchange Securities for Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

 

 

“Exchange Offer Registration” shall mean a registration under the Securities Act effected pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

 

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall mean an exchange offer registration statement on Form S-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form) and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

 

“Exchange Securities” shall mean senior notes issued by the Company and guaranteed by the Guarantors under the Indenture containing terms identical to the Securities (except that the Exchange Securities will not be subject to restrictions on transfer or to any increase in annual interest rate for failure to comply with this Agreement) and to be offered to Holders of Securities in exchange for Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

 

“FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

 

“Free Writing Prospectus” means each free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) prepared by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the Company in connection with the sale of the Securities or the Exchange Securities.

 

“Guarantees” shall mean the guarantees of the Securities and guarantees of the Exchange Securities by the Guarantors under the Indenture.

 

“Guarantors” shall mean the Initial Guarantors, any Additional Guarantors and any Guarantor’s successor that Guarantees the Securities.

 

“Holders” shall mean the Initial Purchasers, for so long as they own any Registrable Securities, and each of their successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become owners of Registrable Securities under the Indenture; provided that, for purposes of Section 4 and Section 5 hereof, the term “Holders” shall include Participating Broker-Dealers.

 

“Indemnified Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

 

“Indemnifying Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

 

“Indenture” shall mean the Indenture relating to the Securities dated as of May 2, 2013 among the Company, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York, Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, and as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

“Initial Purchasers” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

2

 

“Inspector” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(xiv) hereof.

 

“Issuer Information” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(a) hereof.

 

“J.P. Morgan” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

“Majority Holders” shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities; provided that whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, any Registrable Securities owned directly or indirectly by the Company or any of its affiliates shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage or amount; and provided, further, that if the Company shall issue any additional Securities under the Indenture prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer or, if applicable, the effectiveness of any Shelf Registration Statement, such additional Securities and the Registrable Securities to which this Agreement relates shall be treated together as one class for purposes of determining whether the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities has been obtained.

 

“Notice and Questionnaire” shall mean a notice of registration statement and selling security holder questionnaire distributed to a Holder by the Company upon receipt of a Shelf Request from such Holder.

 

“Participating Broker-Dealers” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

 

“Participating Holder” shall mean any Holder of Registrable Securities that has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 2(b) hereof.

 

“Person” shall mean an individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

“Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in, or, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities Act, deemed a part of, a Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including a prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, and in each case including any document incorporated by reference therein.

 

“Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

3

 

“Registrable Securities” shall mean the Securities; provided that the Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities (i) when a Registration Statement with respect to such Securities has become effective under the Securities Act and such Securities have been exchanged or disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) when such Securities cease to be outstanding or (iii) except in the case of Securities that otherwise remain Registrable Securities and that are held by an Initial Purchaser and that are ineligible to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer, when the Exchange Offer is consummated.

 

“Registration Default” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the Exchange Offer is not completed on or prior to the Target Registration Date, (ii) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required pursuant to Section 2(b)(i) or Section 2(b)(ii) hereof, has not become effective on or prior to the Target Registration Date, (iii) if the Company receives a Shelf Request pursuant to Section 2(b)(iii), the Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed thereby has not become effective by the later of (a) the Target Registration Date and (b) 90 days after delivery of such Shelf Request, (iv) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required by this Agreement, has become effective and thereafter ceases to be effective or the Prospectus contained therein ceases to be usable, in each case whether or not permitted by this Agreement, at any time during the Shelf Effectiveness Period, and such failure to remain effective or usable exists for more than 30 days (whether or not consecutive) in any 12-month period or (v) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required by this Agreement, has become effective and thereafter, on more than two occasions in any 12-month period during the Shelf Effectiveness Period, the Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective or the Prospectus contained therein ceases to be usable, in each case whether or not permitted by this Agreement.

 

“Registration Expenses” shall mean any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the Company and the Guarantors with this Agreement, including without limitation: (i) all SEC, stock exchange or FINRA registration and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for any Underwriters or Holders in connection with blue sky qualification of any Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities), (iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements or other similar agreements and any other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all rating agency fees, (v) all fees and disbursements relating to the qualification of the Indenture under applicable securities laws and the Trust Indenture Act, (vi) the fees and disbursements of the Trustee and its counsel, (vii) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the Guarantors and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Participating Holders (which counsel shall be selected by the Participating Holders holding a majority of the

 

4

 

aggregate principal amount of Registrable Securities held by such Participating Holders and which counsel may also be counsel for the Initial Purchasers) and (viii) the fees and disbursements of the independent registered public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors, including the expenses of any special audits or “comfort” letters required by or incident to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, but excluding fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters (other than fees and expenses set forth in clause (ii) above) or the Holders and underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Securities by a Holder.

 

“Registration Statement” shall mean any registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors that covers any of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and all amendments and supplements to any such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

 

“SEC” shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

“Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

 

“Shelf Effectiveness Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.

 

“Shelf Registration” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof.

 

“Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors that covers all or a portion of the Registrable Securities (but no other securities unless approved by a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities held by the Participating Holders) on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Securities Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

 

“Shelf Request” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.

 

“Staff” shall mean the staff of the SEC.

 

“Target Registration Date” shall mean 225 days after May 2, 2013.

 

5

 

“Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time to time.

 

“Trustee” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture.

 

“Underwriter” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(e) hereof.

 

“Underwritten Offering” shall mean an offering in which Registrable Securities are sold to an Underwriter for reoffering to the public.

 

2.                                      Registration Under the Securities Act.  (a)  To the extent not prohibited by any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff, the Company and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to (x) cause to be filed an Exchange Offer Registration Statement covering an offer to the Holders to exchange all the Registrable Securities for Exchange Securities and (y) have such Registration Statement become and remain effective until 180 days after the last Exchange Date for use by one or more Participating Broker-Dealers.  The Company and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer promptly after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC and use their commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer not later than 60 days after such effective date.

 

The Company and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer by mailing the related Prospectus, appropriate letters of transmittal and other accompanying documents to each Holder stating, in addition to such other disclosures as are required by applicable law, substantially the following:

 

(i)                                     that the Exchange Offer is being made pursuant to this Agreement and that all Registrable Securities validly tendered and not properly withdrawn will be accepted for exchange;

 

(ii)                                  the dates of acceptance for exchange (which shall be a period of at least 20 Business Days from the date such notice is mailed (or longer if required by applicable law)) (the “Exchange Dates”);

 

(iii)                               that any Registrable Security not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest but will not retain any rights under this Agreement, except as otherwise specified herein;

 

(iv)                              that any Holder electing to have a Registrable Security exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be required to (A) surrender such Registrable Security, together with the appropriate letters of transmittal, to the institution and at the address and in the manner specified in the notice, or (B) effect such exchange otherwise in compliance with the applicable procedures of the depositary for such Registrable Security, in each case prior to the close of business on the last Exchange Date; and

 

6

 

(v)                                 that any Holder will be entitled to withdraw its election, not later than the close of business on the last Exchange Date, by (A) sending to the institution and at the address specified in the notice, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Registrable Securities delivered for exchange and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Securities exchanged or (B) effecting such withdrawal in compliance with the applicable procedures of the depositary for the Registrable Securities.

 

As a condition to participating in the Exchange Offer, a Holder will be required to represent to the Company and the Guarantors that (1) any Exchange Securities to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (2) at the time of the commencement of the Exchange Offer it has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Securities in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act, (3) it is not an “affiliate” (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Company or any Guarantor and (4) if such Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Registrable Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, then such Holder will deliver a Prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available a Prospectus to purchasers) in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

 

As soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date, the Company and the Guarantors shall:

 

(I)                                   accept for exchange Registrable Securities or portions thereof validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer; and

 

(II)                              deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Securities or portions thereof so accepted for exchange by the Company and issue, and cause the Trustee to promptly authenticate and deliver to each Holder, Exchange Securities equal in principal amount to the principal amount of the Registrable Securities tendered by such Holder.

 

The Company and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer as provided above and shall comply with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the Exchange Offer.  The Exchange Offer shall not be subject to any conditions, other than that the Exchange Offer does not violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff.

 

(b)                                 In the event that (i) the Company and the Guarantors determine that the Exchange Offer Registration provided for in Section 2(a) hereof is not available or the Exchange Offer may not be completed as soon as practicable

 

7

 

after the last Exchange Date because it would violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff, (ii) the Exchange Offer is not for any other reason completed by the Target Registration Date or (iii) upon receipt of a written request (a “Shelf Request”) from any Initial Purchaser representing that it holds Registrable Securities that are or were ineligible to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be filed as soon as practicable after such determination, date or Shelf Request, as the case may be, a Shelf Registration Statement providing for the sale of all the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof and to have such Shelf Registration Statement become effective; provided that no Holder will be entitled to have any Registrable Securities included in any Shelf Registration Statement, or entitled to use the prospectus forming a part of such Shelf Registration Statement, until such Holder shall have delivered a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire and provided such other information regarding such Holder to the Company as is contemplated by Section 3(b) hereof.

 

In the event that the Company and the Guarantors are required to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to clause (iii) of the preceding sentence, the Company and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to file and have become effective both an Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof with respect to all Registrable Securities and a Shelf Registration Statement (which may be a combined Registration Statement with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) with respect to offers and sales of Registrable Securities held by the Initial Purchasers after completion of the Exchange Offer.

 

The Company and the Guarantors agree to use their commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective until the Securities cease to be Registrable Securities or such shorter period that will terminate when all the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement (the “Shelf Effectiveness Period”).  The Company and the Guarantors further agree to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement, the related Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the Securities Act or by any other rules and regulations thereunder or if reasonably requested by a Holder of Registrable Securities with respect to information relating to such Holder, and to use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause any such amendment to become effective, if required, and such Shelf Registration Statement, Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, to become usable as soon as thereafter practicable.  The Company and the Guarantors agree to furnish to the Participating Holders copies of any such supplement or amendment promptly after its being used or filed with the SEC.

 

8

 

(c)                                  The Company and the Guarantors shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b) hereof.  Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.

 

(d)                                 An Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC.  A Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC or is automatically effective upon filing with the SEC as provided by Rule 462 under the Securities Act.

 

If a Registration Default occurs, the interest rate on the Registrable Securities will be increased by (i) 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period beginning on the day immediately following such Registration Default and (ii) an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period, in each case until and including the date such Registration Default ends, up to a maximum increase of 1.00% per annum.  A Registration Default ends when the Securities cease to be Registrable Securities or, if earlier, (1) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (i) of the definition thereof, when the Exchange Offer is completed, (2) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (ii) or clause (iii) of the definition thereof, when the Shelf Registration Statement becomes effective or (3) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (iv) or clause (v) of the definition thereof, when the Shelf Registration Statement again becomes effective or the Prospectus again becomes usable.  If at any time more than one Registration Default has occurred and is continuing, then, until the next date that there is no Registration Default, the increase in interest rate provided for by this paragraph shall apply as if there occurred a single Registration Default that begins on the date that the earliest such Registration Default occurred and ends on such next date that there is no Registration Default.

 

(e)                                  Without limiting the remedies available to the Initial Purchasers and the Holders, the Company and the Guarantors acknowledge that any failure by the Company or the Guarantors to comply with their obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Initial Purchasers or the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Initial Purchasers or any Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof.

 

3.                                      Registration Procedures.  (a) In connection with their obligations pursuant to Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof, the Company and the Guarantors shall as expeditiously as possible:

 

9

 

(i)                                     prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement on the appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form (A) shall be selected by the Company and the Guarantors, (B) shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof and (C) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith; and use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof;

 

(ii)                                  prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act; and keep each Prospectus current during the period described in Section 4(3) of and Rule 174 under the Securities Act that is applicable to transactions by brokers or dealers with respect to the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities;

 

(iii)                               to the extent any Free Writing Prospectus is used, file with the SEC any Free Writing Prospectus that is required to be filed by the Company or the Guarantors with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act and to retain any Free Writing Prospectus not required to be filed;

 

(iv)                              in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Participating Holder, to counsel for the Initial Purchasers, to counsel for such Participating Holders and to each Underwriter of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities, if any, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, as such Participating Holder, counsel or Underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities thereunder; and, subject to Section 3(c) hereof, the Company and the Guarantors consent to the use of such Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or such Free Writing Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law by each of the Participating Holders and any such Underwriters in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by and in the manner described in such Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or such Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law;

 

(v)                                 use their commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities under all applicable state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Participating Holder shall reasonably request in writing by the time the applicable Registration Statement becomes effective; cooperate with such Participating Holders in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA; and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably

 

10

 

necessary or advisable to enable each Participating Holder to complete the disposition in each such jurisdiction of the Registrable Securities owned by such Participating Holder; provided that neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall be required to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (2) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (3) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not so subject;

 

(vi)                              notify counsel for the Initial Purchasers and, in the case of a Shelf Registration, notify each Participating Holder and counsel for such Participating Holders promptly and, if requested by any such Participating Holder or counsel, confirm such advice in writing (1) when a Registration Statement has become effective, when any post-effective amendment thereto has been filed and becomes effective, when any Free Writing Prospectus has been filed or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus has been filed, (2) of any request by the SEC or any state securities authority for amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement, Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus or for additional information after the Registration Statement has become effective, (3) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, including the receipt by the Company of any notice of objection of the SEC to the use of a Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2) under the Securities Act, (4) if, between the applicable effective date of a Shelf Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities covered thereby, the representations and warranties of the Company or any Guarantor contained in any underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to an offering of such Registrable Securities cease to be true and correct in all material respects or if the Company or any Guarantor receives any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose, (5) of the happening of any event during the period a Registration Statement is effective that makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading and (6) of any determination by the Company or any Guarantor that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus would be appropriate;

 

(vii)                           use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or, in the case of a Shelf Registration, the resolution of any objection of the SEC pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2) under the Securities Act, including by filing an amendment to such Registration Statement on the proper form, at the earliest possible moment

 

11

 

and provide immediate notice to each Holder or Participating Holder of the withdrawal of any such order or such resolution;

 

(viii)                        in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Participating Holder, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto (without any documents incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless requested);

 

(ix)                              in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the Participating Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends and enable such Registrable Securities to be issued in such denominations and registered in such names (consistent with the provisions of the Indenture) as such Participating Holders may reasonably request at least one Business Day prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities;

 

(x)                                 upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 3(a)(vi)(5) hereof, use their commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file with the SEC a supplement or post-effective amendment to the applicable Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered (or, to the extent permitted by law, made available) to purchasers of the Registrable Securities, such Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and the Company and the Guarantors shall notify the Participating Holders (in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement) and the Initial Purchasers and any Participating Broker-Dealers known to the Company (in the case of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to suspend use of the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, and such Participating Holders, such Participating Broker-Dealers and the Initial Purchasers, as applicable, hereby agree to suspend use of the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, until the Company and the Guarantors have amended or supplemented the Prospectus or the Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, to correct such misstatement or omission;

 

(xi)                              (1) a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus, any amendment to a Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, to the Participating Holders and their counsel) and make such of the representatives of the Company and the Guarantors as shall be reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers or their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement,

 

12

 

the Participating Holders or their counsel) available for discussion of such document; and the Company and the Guarantors shall not, at any time after initial filing of a Registration Statement, use or file any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus, any amendment of or supplement to a Registration Statement or a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus, of which the Initial Purchasers and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Participating Holders and their counsel) reasonably object within five Business Days after receipt thereof, provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if any filing of a Registration Statement, any Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus is delayed because of the objection of the Initial Purchasers or their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Participating Holders or their counsel) pursuant to this Section 3(a)(xi)(1), such delay shall not constitute a Registration Default; and (2) promptly following the filing of any document that is incorporated by reference into any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus, if requested in writing by the Initial Purchasers following the date hereof, provide copies of such requested document to the Initial Purchasers and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, to the Participating Holders and their counsel) and make such of the representatives of the Company and the Guarantors as shall be reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers or their counsel (and in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Participating Holders and their counsel) available for discussion of such requested document and include any information in any amended versions of such requested document following the filing thereof as such Initial Purchasers and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Participating Holders and their counsel), if any, reasonably may request;

 

(xii)                           obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, not later than the initial effective date of a Registration Statement;

 

(xiii)                        cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act in connection with the registration of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be; cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for the Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and execute, and use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;

 

(xiv)                       in the case of a Shelf Registration, make available for inspection by a representative of the Participating Holders (an “Inspector”), any Underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, any attorneys and accountants designated by a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities held by the Participating Holders and any attorneys and accountants designated by such Underwriter, at reasonable times and in a

 

13

 

reasonable manner, all pertinent financial and other records, documents and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, and cause the respective officers, directors and employees of the Company and the Guarantors to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Inspector, Underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with a Shelf Registration Statement, in each case that would customarily be reviewed or examined in connection with a “due diligence” review of the Company and the Guarantors; provided that if any such information is identified by the Company or any Guarantor as being confidential or proprietary, each Person receiving such information shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of such information to the extent such action is otherwise not inconsistent with, an impairment of or in derogation of the rights and interests of any Inspector, Holder or Underwriter);

 

(xv)                          in the case of a Shelf Registration, use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause all Registrable Securities to be listed on any securities exchange or any automated quotation system on which similar securities issued or guaranteed by the Company or any Guarantor are then listed if requested by the Majority Holders, to the extent such Registrable Securities satisfy applicable listing requirements;

 

(xvi)                       if reasonably requested by any Participating Holder, promptly include in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information with respect to such Participating Holder as such Participating Holder reasonably requests to be included therein and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as the Company has received notification of the matters to be so included in such filing;

 

(xvii)                    in the case of a Shelf Registration, enter into such customary agreements and take all such other actions in connection therewith (including those requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement) in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities including, but not limited to, an Underwritten Offering and in such connection, (1) to the extent possible, make such representations and warranties to the Participating Holders and any Underwriters of such Registrable Securities with respect to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and the Registration Statement, Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus and documents incorporated by reference or deemed incorporated by reference, if any, in each case, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings and confirm the same if and when requested, (2) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and the Guarantors (which counsel and opinions, in form, scope and substance, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Participating Holders and such Underwriters and their respective counsel) addressed to each Participating Holder and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings of the type contemplated by this provision, (3) obtain “comfort” letters from the independent registered public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors

 

14

 

(and, if necessary, any other registered public accountant of any subsidiary of the Company or any Guarantor, or of any business acquired by the Company or any Guarantor for which financial statements and financial data are or are required to be included in the Registration Statement) addressed to each Participating Holder (to the extent permitted by applicable professional standards) and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “comfort” letters in connection with underwritten offerings of the type contemplated by this provision, including but not limited to financial information contained in any preliminary prospectus, Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus and (4) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold or the Underwriters, and which are customarily delivered in underwritten offerings of the type contemplated by this provision, to evidence the continued validity of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantors made pursuant to clause (1) above and to evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained in an underwriting agreement; and

 

(xviii)                 so long as any Registrable Securities remain outstanding, cause each Additional Guarantor upon the creation or acquisition by the Company of such Additional Guarantor, to execute a counterpart to this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Annex A and to deliver such counterpart, together with an opinion of counsel as to the enforceability thereof against such entity, to the Initial Purchasers no later than five Business Days following the execution thereof.

 

(b)                                 In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company may require each Holder of Registrable Securities to furnish to the Company a Notice and Questionnaire and such other information regarding such Holder and the proposed disposition by such Holder of such Registrable Securities as the Company and the Guarantors may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

 

(c)                                  Each Participating Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company and the Guarantors of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3(a)(vi)(3) or Section 3(a)(vi)(5) hereof, such Participating Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement until such Participating Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(a)(x) hereof and, if so directed by the Company and the Guarantors, such Participating Holder will deliver to the Company and the Guarantors all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Participating Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that is current at the time of receipt of such notice.

 

15

 

(d)                                 If the Company and the Guarantors shall give any notice to suspend the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall extend the period during which such Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Holders of such Registrable Securities shall have received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus necessary to resume such dispositions. The Company and the Guarantors may give any such notice only twice during any 365-day period and any such suspensions shall not exceed 30 days for each suspension and there shall not be more than two suspensions in effect during any 365-day period.

 

(e)                                  The Participating Holders who desire to do so may sell such Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Offering.  In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment bank or investment banks and manager or managers (each an “Underwriter”) that will administer the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities included in such offering.

 

4.                                      Participation of Broker-Dealers in Exchange Offer.  (a)  The Staff has taken the position that any broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities that were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities (a “Participating Broker-Dealer”) may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

 

The Company and the Guarantors understand that it is the Staff’s position that if the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement includes a plan of distribution containing a statement to the above effect and the means by which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Securities, without naming the Participating Broker-Dealers or specifying the amount of Exchange Securities owned by them, such Prospectus may be delivered by Participating Broker-Dealers (or, to the extent permitted by law, made available to purchasers) to satisfy their prospectus delivery obligation under the Securities Act in connection with resales of Exchange Securities for their own accounts, so long as the Prospectus otherwise meets the requirements of the Securities Act.

 

(b)                                 In light of the above, and notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors agree to amend or supplement the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement for a period of up to 180 days after the last Exchange Date (as such period may be extended pursuant to Section 3(d) hereof), in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of any Exchange Securities by Participating Broker-

 

16

 

Dealers consistent with the positions of the Staff recited in Section 4(a) above.  The Company and the Guarantors further agree that Participating Broker-Dealers shall be authorized to deliver such Prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available) during such period in connection with the resales contemplated by this Section 4.

 

(c)                                  The Initial Purchasers shall have no liability to the Company, any Guarantor or any Holder with respect to any request that they may make pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof.

 

5.                                      Indemnification and Contribution.  (a)  The Company and each Guarantor, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser and each Holder, their respective affiliates, directors and officers and each Person, if any, who controls any Initial Purchaser or any Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (1) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or (2) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus or any “issuer information” (“Issuer Information”) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Initial Purchaser or information relating to any Holder furnished to the Company in writing through J.P. Morgan or any selling Holder, respectively, expressly for use therein.  In connection with any Underwritten Offering permitted by Section 3, the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will also indemnify the Underwriters, if any, selling brokers, dealers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, their respective affiliates and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders, if requested in connection with any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus or any Issuer Information.

 

(b)                                 Each Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors, the Initial Purchasers and the other selling Holders, the directors of the Company and the Guarantors, each officer of the Company and the Guarantors who signed the Registration Statement and

 

17

 

each Person, if any, who controls the Company, the Guarantors, any Initial Purchaser and any other selling Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement, any Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus.

 

(c)                                  If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any Person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to either paragraph (a) or (b) above, such Person (the “Indemnified Person”) shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Person”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under paragraph (a) or (b) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided, further, that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under paragraph (a) or (b) above.  If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent the Indemnified Person and any others entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 that the Indemnifying Person may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred.  In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them.  It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred.  Any such separate firm (x) for any Initial Purchaser, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control Persons of such

 

18

 

Initial Purchaser shall be designated in writing by J.P. Morgan, (y) for any Holder, its directors and officers and any control Persons of such Holder shall be designated in writing by the Majority Holders and (z) in all other cases shall be designated in writing by the Company.  The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.  No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (A) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (B) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.

 

(d)                             If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors from the offering of the Securities and the Exchange Securities, on the one hand, and by the Holders from receiving Securities or Exchange Securities registered under the Securities Act, on the other hand, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Holders on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Holders on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and the Guarantors or by the Holders and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

(e)                                  The Company, the Guarantors and the Holders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above.  The amount

 

19

 

paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5, in no event shall a Holder be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities or Exchange Securities sold by such Holder exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.  No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 5 are several and not joint.

 

(f)                                   The remedies provided for in this Section 5 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies that may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.

 

(g)                                  The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 5 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers or any Holder or any Person controlling any Initial Purchaser or any Holder, or by or on behalf of the Company or the Guarantors or the officers or directors of or any Person controlling the Company or the Guarantors, (iii) acceptance of any of the Exchange Securities and (iv) any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement.

 

6.                                      General.

 

(a)                                 No Inconsistent Agreements.   The Company and the Guarantors represent, warrant and agree that (i) the rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of any other outstanding securities issued or guaranteed by the Company or any Guarantor under any other agreement and (ii) neither the Company nor any Guarantor has entered into, or on or after the date of this Agreement will enter into, any agreement that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.

 

(b)                                 Amendments and Waivers.   The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company and the Guarantors have obtained the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent; provided that no amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent to any departure from the provisions

 

20

 

of Section 5 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registrable Securities unless consented to in writing by such Holder.  Any amendments, modifications, supplements, waivers or consents pursuant to this Section 6(b) shall be by a writing executed by each of the parties hereto.

 

(c)                                  Notices.  All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c), which address initially is, with respect to the Initial Purchasers, the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement; (ii) if to the Company and the Guarantors, initially at the Company’s address set forth in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c); and (iii) to such other persons at their respective addresses as provided in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c).  All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.  Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee, at the address specified in the Indenture.

 

(d)                                 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture.  If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Securities in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof.  The Initial Purchasers (in their capacity as Initial Purchasers) shall have no liability or obligation to the Company or the Guarantors with respect to any failure by a Holder to comply with, or any breach by any Holder of, any of the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement.

 

(e)                                  Third Party Beneficiaries.  Each Holder shall be a third party beneficiary to the agreements made hereunder between the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems

 

21

 

such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of other Holders hereunder.

 

(f)                                   Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

(g)                                  Headings.  The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, are not a part of this Agreement and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

(h)                                 Governing Law.  This Agreement, and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

(i)                                     Entire Agreement; Severability.  This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all oral statements and prior writings with respect thereto.  If any term, provision, covenant or restriction contained in this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable or against public policy, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions contained herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.  The Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions.

 

22

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

	
 
    	
RENT-A-CENTER, INC.
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By
    	
/s/   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    	
Robert   D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    	
Executive   Vice President – Finance,
   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
ColorTyme, Inc.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By
    	
/s/   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:   Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
ColorTyme   Finance, Inc.
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By
    	
/s/   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:   Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Rainbow   Rentals, Inc.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By
    	
/s/   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:   Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
RAC   National Product Service, LLC
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By
    	
/s/   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:   Treasurer
    

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

23

 

	
 
    	
Remco   America, Inc.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By
    	
/s/   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:   Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Rent-A-Center   Addison, L.L.C.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By
    	
/s/   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:   Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Rent-A-Center   East, Inc.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By
    	
/s/   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:   Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Rent-A-Center   International, Inc.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By
    	
/s/   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:   Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Rent-A-Center   Texas, L.P.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By
    	
/s/   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:   Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Rent-A-Center   Texas, L.L.C.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By
    	
/s/   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:   Treasurer
    

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

24

 

	
 
    	
Rent-A-Center   West, Inc.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By
    	
/s/   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:   Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Get   It Now, LLC
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By
    	
/s/   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:   Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
RAC   Acceptance East, LLC
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By
    	
/s/   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:   Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
RAC   Acceptance Texas, LLC
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By
    	
/s/   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:   Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
RAC   Acceptance West, LLC
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By
    	
/s/   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:   Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
The   Rental Store, Inc.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By
    	
/s/   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:   Treasurer
    

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

25

 

	
 
    	
RAC   Mexico Holdings I, LLC
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By
    	
/s/   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:   Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
RAC   Mexico Holdings II, LLC
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By
    	
/s/   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:   Robert D. Davis
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:   Treasurer
    

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

26

 

Confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written:

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

 

For itself and on behalf of the

several Initial Purchasers

 

 

	
By
    	
/s/   Gregory Spier
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Authorized   Signatory
    	
 
    

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

27

 

Schedule 1

 

Initial Guarantors

 

ColorTyme, Inc.

 

ColorTyme Finance, Inc.

 

Rainbow Rentals, Inc.

 

RAC National Product Service, LLC

 

Remco America, Inc.

 

Rent-A-Center Addison, L.L.C.

 

Rent-A-Center East, Inc.

 

Rent-A-Center International, Inc.

 

Rent-A-Center Texas, L.P.

 

Rent-A-Center Texas, L.L.C.

 

Rent-A-Center West, Inc.

 

Get It Now, LLC

 

RAC Acceptance East, LLC

 

RAC Acceptance Texas, LLC

 

RAC Acceptance West, LLC

 

The Rental Store, Inc.

 

RAC Mexico Holdings I, LLC

 

RAC Mexico Holdings II, LLC

 

 

Annex A

 

Counterpart to Registration Rights Agreement

 

The undersigned hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably agrees as a Guarantor (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 2, 2013 by and among Rent-A-Center, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the guarantors party thereto and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, on behalf of itself and the other Initial Purchasers) to be bound by the terms and provisions of such Registration Rights Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this counterpart as of                               , 20  .

 

	
[GUARANTOR]
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
By
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name:
    	
 
    
	
Title:

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00216-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00216-of-00352.parquet"}]]